[BACK]Return to tmux.1 CVS log [TXT][DIR] Up to [local] / src / usr.bin / tmux

Annotation of src/usr.bin/tmux/tmux.1, Revision 1.866

1.866   ! nicm        1: .\" $OpenBSD: tmux.1,v 1.865 2021/10/25 09:38:36 nicm Exp $
1.1       nicm        2: .\"
1.477     nicm        3: .\" Copyright (c) 2007 Nicholas Marriott <nicholas.marriott@gmail.com>
1.1       nicm        4: .\"
                      5: .\" Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any
                      6: .\" purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
                      7: .\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
                      8: .\"
                      9: .\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
                     10: .\" WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                     11: .\" MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
                     12: .\" ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
                     13: .\" WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF MIND, USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER
                     14: .\" IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
                     15: .\" OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
                     16: .\"
1.866   ! nicm       17: .Dd $Mdocdate: October 25 2021 $
1.1       nicm       18: .Dt TMUX 1
                     19: .Os
                     20: .Sh NAME
                     21: .Nm tmux
1.6       jmc        22: .Nd terminal multiplexer
1.1       nicm       23: .Sh SYNOPSIS
                     24: .Nm tmux
                     25: .Bk -words
1.767     nicm       26: .Op Fl 2CDluvV
1.91      nicm       27: .Op Fl c Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm       28: .Op Fl f Ar file
                     29: .Op Fl L Ar socket-name
                     30: .Op Fl S Ar socket-path
1.744     nicm       31: .Op Fl T Ar features
1.1       nicm       32: .Op Ar command Op Ar flags
                     33: .Ek
                     34: .Sh DESCRIPTION
                     35: .Nm
1.59      jmc        36: is a terminal multiplexer:
                     37: it enables a number of terminals to be created, accessed, and
                     38: controlled from a single screen.
1.67      jmc        39: .Nm
                     40: may be detached from a screen
                     41: and continue running in the background,
                     42: then later reattached.
1.1       nicm       43: .Pp
1.60      nicm       44: When
                     45: .Nm
                     46: is started it creates a new
                     47: .Em session
                     48: with a single
                     49: .Em window
                     50: and displays it on screen.
                     51: A status line at the bottom of the screen
                     52: shows information on the current session
                     53: and is used to enter interactive commands.
                     54: .Pp
                     55: A session is a single collection of
                     56: .Em pseudo terminals
                     57: under the management of
                     58: .Nm .
                     59: Each session has one or more
                     60: windows linked to it.
                     61: A window occupies the entire screen
                     62: and may be split into rectangular panes,
                     63: each of which is a separate pseudo terminal
                     64: (the
                     65: .Xr pty 4
                     66: manual page documents the technical details of pseudo terminals).
                     67: Any number of
                     68: .Nm
                     69: instances may connect to the same session,
                     70: and any number of windows may be present in the same session.
                     71: Once all sessions are killed,
                     72: .Nm
                     73: exits.
                     74: .Pp
1.64      nicm       75: Each session is persistent and will survive accidental disconnection
1.66      jmc        76: (such as
1.64      nicm       77: .Xr ssh 1
1.67      jmc        78: connection timeout) or intentional detaching (with the
1.64      nicm       79: .Ql C-b d
                     80: key strokes).
                     81: .Nm
                     82: may be reattached using:
                     83: .Pp
                     84: .Dl $ tmux attach
1.60      nicm       85: .Pp
1.64      nicm       86: In
                     87: .Nm ,
                     88: a session is displayed on screen by a
                     89: .Em client
                     90: and all sessions are managed by a single
                     91: .Em server .
                     92: The server and each client are separate processes which communicate through a
                     93: socket in
                     94: .Pa /tmp .
1.65      nicm       95: .Pp
1.1       nicm       96: The options are as follows:
                     97: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXX"
                     98: .It Fl 2
                     99: Force
                    100: .Nm
                    101: to assume the terminal supports 256 colours.
1.744     nicm      102: This is equivalent to
                    103: .Fl T Ar 256 .
1.345     nicm      104: .It Fl C
1.369     nicm      105: Start in control mode (see the
                    106: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                    107: section).
1.345     nicm      108: Given twice
                    109: .Xo ( Fl CC ) Xc
                    110: disables echo.
1.91      nicm      111: .It Fl c Ar shell-command
                    112: Execute
                    113: .Ar shell-command
                    114: using the default shell.
                    115: If necessary, the
                    116: .Nm
                    117: server will be started to retrieve the
                    118: .Ic default-shell
                    119: option.
1.153     nicm      120: This option is for compatibility with
                    121: .Xr sh 1
                    122: when
                    123: .Nm
                    124: is used as a login shell.
1.767     nicm      125: .It Fl D
                    126: Do not start the
                    127: .Nm
                    128: server as a daemon.
                    129: This also turns the
                    130: .Ic exit-empty
                    131: option off.
                    132: With
                    133: .Fl D ,
                    134: .Ar command
                    135: may not be specified.
1.1       nicm      136: .It Fl f Ar file
                    137: Specify an alternative configuration file.
                    138: By default,
                    139: .Nm
1.26      nicm      140: loads the system configuration file from
                    141: .Pa /etc/tmux.conf ,
                    142: if present, then looks for a user configuration file at
1.1       nicm      143: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
1.306     nicm      144: .Pp
1.1       nicm      145: The configuration file is a set of
                    146: .Nm
                    147: commands which are executed in sequence when the server is first started.
1.306     nicm      148: .Nm
                    149: loads configuration files once when the server process has started.
                    150: The
                    151: .Ic source-file
                    152: command may be used to load a file later.
1.61      nicm      153: .Pp
                    154: .Nm
1.306     nicm      155: shows any error messages from commands in configuration files in the first
                    156: session created, and continues to process the rest of the configuration file.
1.1       nicm      157: .It Fl L Ar socket-name
                    158: .Nm
                    159: stores the server socket in a directory under
1.455     nicm      160: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    161: or
1.208     nicm      162: .Pa /tmp
1.455     nicm      163: if it is unset.
1.355     nicm      164: The default socket is named
1.1       nicm      165: .Em default .
                    166: This option allows a different socket name to be specified, allowing several
                    167: independent
                    168: .Nm
                    169: servers to be run.
                    170: Unlike
                    171: .Fl S
1.789     nicm      172: a full path is not necessary: the sockets are all created in a directory
                    173: .Pa tmux-UID
                    174: under the directory given by
                    175: .Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                    176: or in
                    177: .Pa /tmp .
                    178: The
                    179: .Pa tmux-UID
                    180: directory is created by
                    181: .Nm
                    182: and must not be world readable, writable or executable.
1.2       nicm      183: .Pp
                    184: If the socket is accidentally removed, the
1.6       jmc       185: .Dv SIGUSR1
1.2       nicm      186: signal may be sent to the
                    187: .Nm
1.422     nicm      188: server process to recreate it (note that this will fail if any parent
                    189: directories are missing).
1.166     sobrado   190: .It Fl l
                    191: Behave as a login shell.
                    192: This flag currently has no effect and is for compatibility with other shells
                    193: when using tmux as a login shell.
1.811     nicm      194: .It Fl N
                    195: Do not start the server even if the command would normally do so (for example
                    196: .Ic new-session
                    197: or
                    198: .Ic start-server ) .
1.1       nicm      199: .It Fl S Ar socket-path
                    200: Specify a full alternative path to the server socket.
                    201: If
                    202: .Fl S
                    203: is specified, the default socket directory is not used and any
                    204: .Fl L
                    205: flag is ignored.
                    206: .It Fl u
1.644     schwarze  207: Write UTF-8 output to the terminal even if the first environment
                    208: variable of
1.14      nicm      209: .Ev LC_ALL ,
1.644     schwarze  210: .Ev LC_CTYPE ,
                    211: or
1.2       nicm      212: .Ev LANG
1.644     schwarze  213: that is set does not contain
                    214: .Qq UTF-8
                    215: or
                    216: .Qq UTF8 .
1.744     nicm      217: This is equivalent to
                    218: .Fl T Ar UTF-8 .
                    219: .It Fl T Ar features
                    220: Set terminal features for the client.
                    221: This is a comma-separated list of features.
                    222: See the
                    223: .Ic terminal-features
                    224: option.
1.1       nicm      225: .It Fl v
                    226: Request verbose logging.
                    227: Log messages will be saved into
                    228: .Pa tmux-client-PID.log
                    229: and
                    230: .Pa tmux-server-PID.log
                    231: files in the current directory, where
                    232: .Em PID
1.6       jmc       233: is the PID of the server or client process.
1.558     nicm      234: If
                    235: .Fl v
                    236: is specified twice, an additional
                    237: .Pa tmux-out-PID.log
                    238: file is generated with a copy of everything
                    239: .Nm
                    240: writes to the terminal.
                    241: .Pp
                    242: The
                    243: .Dv SIGUSR2
                    244: signal may be sent to the
                    245: .Nm
                    246: server process to toggle logging between on (as if
                    247: .Fl v
                    248: was given) and off.
1.708     nicm      249: .It Fl V
                    250: Report the
                    251: .Nm
                    252: version.
1.1       nicm      253: .It Ar command Op Ar flags
                    254: This specifies one of a set of commands used to control
                    255: .Nm ,
1.6       jmc       256: as described in the following sections.
1.59      jmc       257: If no commands are specified, the
1.1       nicm      258: .Ic new-session
                    259: command is assumed.
1.57      jmc       260: .El
1.627     nicm      261: .Sh DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
1.64      nicm      262: .Nm
                    263: may be controlled from an attached client by using a key combination of a
                    264: prefix key,
                    265: .Ql C-b
                    266: (Ctrl-b) by default, followed by a command key.
                    267: .Pp
1.172     nicm      268: The default command key bindings are:
1.64      nicm      269: .Pp
1.171     nicm      270: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent -compact
                    271: .It C-b
                    272: Send the prefix key (C-b) through to the application.
                    273: .It C-o
                    274: Rotate the panes in the current window forwards.
                    275: .It C-z
                    276: Suspend the
                    277: .Nm
                    278: client.
                    279: .It !
                    280: Break the current pane out of the window.
                    281: .It \&"
1.625     nicm      282: .\" "
1.171     nicm      283: Split the current pane into two, top and bottom.
                    284: .It #
                    285: List all paste buffers.
1.236     nicm      286: .It $
                    287: Rename the current session.
1.171     nicm      288: .It %
                    289: Split the current pane into two, left and right.
                    290: .It &
                    291: Kill the current window.
                    292: .It '
                    293: Prompt for a window index to select.
1.412     nicm      294: .It \&(
                    295: Switch the attached client to the previous session.
                    296: .It \&)
                    297: Switch the attached client to the next session.
1.171     nicm      298: .It ,
                    299: Rename the current window.
                    300: .It -
                    301: Delete the most recently copied buffer of text.
                    302: .It .
                    303: Prompt for an index to move the current window.
                    304: .It 0 to 9
                    305: Select windows 0 to 9.
                    306: .It :
                    307: Enter the
                    308: .Nm
                    309: command prompt.
1.187     nicm      310: .It ;
                    311: Move to the previously active pane.
1.178     nicm      312: .It =
                    313: Choose which buffer to paste interactively from a list.
1.171     nicm      314: .It \&?
                    315: List all key bindings.
                    316: .It D
                    317: Choose a client to detach.
1.412     nicm      318: .It L
                    319: Switch the attached client back to the last session.
1.182     jmc       320: .It \&[
1.171     nicm      321: Enter copy mode to copy text or view the history.
1.182     jmc       322: .It \&]
1.171     nicm      323: Paste the most recently copied buffer of text.
1.64      nicm      324: .It c
1.65      nicm      325: Create a new window.
1.64      nicm      326: .It d
1.65      nicm      327: Detach the current client.
1.171     nicm      328: .It f
                    329: Prompt to search for text in open windows.
                    330: .It i
                    331: Display some information about the current window.
1.64      nicm      332: .It l
1.65      nicm      333: Move to the previously selected window.
1.684     nicm      334: .It m
                    335: Mark the current pane (see
                    336: .Ic select-pane
                    337: .Fl m ) .
                    338: .It M
                    339: Clear the marked pane.
1.64      nicm      340: .It n
1.65      nicm      341: Change to the next window.
1.171     nicm      342: .It o
                    343: Select the next pane in the current window.
1.64      nicm      344: .It p
1.65      nicm      345: Change to the previous window.
1.171     nicm      346: .It q
                    347: Briefly display pane indexes.
                    348: .It r
                    349: Force redraw of the attached client.
                    350: .It s
                    351: Select a new session for the attached client interactively.
                    352: .It t
                    353: Show the time.
                    354: .It w
                    355: Choose the current window interactively.
                    356: .It x
                    357: Kill the current pane.
1.412     nicm      358: .It z
                    359: Toggle zoom state of the current pane.
1.171     nicm      360: .It {
                    361: Swap the current pane with the previous pane.
                    362: .It }
                    363: Swap the current pane with the next pane.
                    364: .It ~
                    365: Show previous messages from
                    366: .Nm ,
                    367: if any.
                    368: .It Page Up
                    369: Enter copy mode and scroll one page up.
                    370: .It Up, Down
                    371: .It Left, Right
                    372: Change to the pane above, below, to the left, or to the right of the current
                    373: pane.
                    374: .It M-1 to M-5
                    375: Arrange panes in one of the five preset layouts: even-horizontal,
                    376: even-vertical, main-horizontal, main-vertical, or tiled.
1.412     nicm      377: .It Space
                    378: Arrange the current window in the next preset layout.
1.171     nicm      379: .It M-n
                    380: Move to the next window with a bell or activity marker.
                    381: .It M-o
                    382: Rotate the panes in the current window backwards.
                    383: .It M-p
                    384: Move to the previous window with a bell or activity marker.
                    385: .It C-Up, C-Down
                    386: .It C-Left, C-Right
                    387: Resize the current pane in steps of one cell.
                    388: .It M-Up, M-Down
                    389: .It M-Left, M-Right
                    390: Resize the current pane in steps of five cells.
1.64      nicm      391: .El
                    392: .Pp
                    393: Key bindings may be changed with the
                    394: .Ic bind-key
                    395: and
                    396: .Ic unbind-key
                    397: commands.
1.651     nicm      398: .Sh COMMAND PARSING AND EXECUTION
                    399: .Nm
                    400: supports a large number of commands which can be used to control its
                    401: behaviour.
                    402: Each command is named and can accept zero or more flags and arguments.
                    403: They may be bound to a key with the
                    404: .Ic bind-key
                    405: command or run from the shell prompt, a shell script, a configuration file or
                    406: the command prompt.
                    407: For example, the same
                    408: .Ic set-option
                    409: command run from the shell prompt, from
                    410: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                    411: and bound to a key may look like:
                    412: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    413: $ tmux set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    414:
                    415: set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    416:
                    417: bind-key C set-option -g status-style bg=cyan
                    418: .Ed
                    419: .Pp
                    420: Here, the command name is
                    421: .Ql set-option ,
                    422: .Ql Fl g
                    423: is a flag and
                    424: .Ql status-style
                    425: and
                    426: .Ql bg=cyan
                    427: are arguments.
                    428: .Pp
                    429: .Nm
                    430: distinguishes between command parsing and execution.
                    431: In order to execute a command,
                    432: .Nm
                    433: needs it to be split up into its name and arguments.
                    434: This is command parsing.
                    435: If a command is run from the shell, the shell parses it; from inside
                    436: .Nm
                    437: or from a configuration file,
                    438: .Nm
                    439: does.
                    440: Examples of when
                    441: .Nm
                    442: parses commands are:
                    443: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    444: .It
                    445: in a configuration file;
                    446: .It
                    447: typed at the command prompt (see
                    448: .Ic command-prompt ) ;
                    449: .It
                    450: given to
                    451: .Ic bind-key ;
                    452: .It
                    453: passed as arguments to
                    454: .Ic if-shell
                    455: or
                    456: .Ic confirm-before .
                    457: .El
                    458: .Pp
                    459: To execute commands, each client has a
                    460: .Ql command queue .
                    461: A global command queue not attached to any client is used on startup
                    462: for configuration files like
                    463: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf .
                    464: Parsed commands added to the queue are executed in order.
                    465: Some commands, like
                    466: .Ic if-shell
                    467: and
                    468: .Ic confirm-before ,
                    469: parse their argument to create a new command which is inserted immediately
                    470: after themselves.
                    471: This means that arguments can be parsed twice or more - once when the parent command (such as
                    472: .Ic if-shell )
                    473: is parsed and again when it parses and executes its command.
                    474: Commands like
                    475: .Ic if-shell ,
                    476: .Ic run-shell
                    477: and
                    478: .Ic display-panes
                    479: stop execution of subsequent commands on the queue until something happens -
                    480: .Ic if-shell
                    481: and
                    482: .Ic run-shell
                    483: until a shell command finishes and
                    484: .Ic display-panes
                    485: until a key is pressed.
                    486: For example, the following commands:
                    487: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    488: new-session; new-window
                    489: if-shell "true" "split-window"
                    490: kill-session
                    491: .Ed
                    492: .Pp
                    493: Will execute
                    494: .Ic new-session ,
                    495: .Ic new-window ,
                    496: .Ic if-shell ,
                    497: the shell command
                    498: .Xr true 1 ,
1.671     nicm      499: .Ic split-window
1.651     nicm      500: and
                    501: .Ic kill-session
                    502: in that order.
                    503: .Pp
                    504: The
                    505: .Sx COMMANDS
                    506: section lists the
                    507: .Nm
                    508: commands and their arguments.
                    509: .Sh PARSING SYNTAX
                    510: This section describes the syntax of commands parsed by
                    511: .Nm ,
                    512: for example in a configuration file or at the command prompt.
1.671     nicm      513: Note that when commands are entered into the shell, they are parsed by the shell
1.651     nicm      514: - see for example
                    515: .Xr ksh 1
                    516: or
                    517: .Xr csh 1 .
                    518: .Pp
                    519: Each command is terminated by a newline or a semicolon (;).
                    520: Commands separated by semicolons together form a
                    521: .Ql command sequence
                    522: - if a command in the sequence encounters an error, no subsequent commands are
                    523: executed.
1.825     nicm      524: .Pp
                    525: It is recommended that a semicolon used as a command separator should be
                    526: written as an individual token, for example from
                    527: .Xr sh 1 :
                    528: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    529: $ tmux neww \\; splitw
                    530: .Ed
                    531: .Pp
                    532: Or:
                    533: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    534: $ tmux neww ';' splitw
                    535: .Ed
                    536: .Pp
                    537: Or from the tmux command prompt:
                    538: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    539: neww ; splitw
                    540: .Ed
                    541: .Pp
                    542: However, a trailing semicolon is also interpreted as a command separator,
                    543: for example in these
                    544: .Xr sh 1
                    545: commands:
                    546: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       547: $ tmux neww\e\e; splitw
1.825     nicm      548: .Ed
                    549: .Pp
                    550: Or:
                    551: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    552: $ tmux 'neww;' splitw
                    553: .Ed
                    554: .Pp
                    555: As in these examples, when running tmux from the shell extra care must be taken
                    556: to properly quote semicolons:
                    557: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    558: .It
                    559: Semicolons that should be interpreted as a command separator
                    560: should be escaped according to the shell conventions.
                    561: For
                    562: .Xr sh 1
                    563: this typically means quoted (such as
                    564: .Ql neww ';' splitw )
                    565: or escaped (such as
1.826     jmc       566: .Ql neww \e\e\e\e; splitw ) .
1.825     nicm      567: .It
                    568: Individual semicolons or trailing semicolons that should be interpreted as
                    569: arguments should be escaped twice: once according to the shell conventions and
                    570: a second time for
                    571: .Nm ;
                    572: for example:
                    573: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.826     jmc       574: $ tmux neww 'foo\e\e;' bar
                    575: $ tmux neww foo\e\e\e\e; bar
1.825     nicm      576: .Ed
                    577: .It
                    578: Semicolons that are not individual tokens or trailing another token should only
                    579: be escaped once according to shell conventions; for example:
                    580: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    581: $ tmux neww 'foo-;-bar'
1.826     jmc       582: $ tmux neww foo-\e\e;-bar
1.825     nicm      583: .Ed
                    584: .El
1.651     nicm      585: .Pp
                    586: Comments are marked by the unquoted # character - any remaining text after a
                    587: comment is ignored until the end of the line.
                    588: .Pp
                    589: If the last character of a line is \e, the line is joined with the following
                    590: line (the \e and the newline are completely removed).
                    591: This is called line continuation and applies both inside and outside quoted
1.656     nicm      592: strings and in comments, but not inside braces.
1.651     nicm      593: .Pp
1.655     nicm      594: Command arguments may be specified as strings surrounded by single (') quotes,
                    595: double quotes (") or braces ({}).
1.651     nicm      596: .\" "
                    597: This is required when the argument contains any special character.
1.655     nicm      598: Single and double quoted strings cannot span multiple lines except with line
                    599: continuation.
                    600: Braces can span multiple lines.
1.651     nicm      601: .Pp
                    602: Outside of quotes and inside double quotes, these replacements are performed:
                    603: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                    604: .It
                    605: Environment variables preceded by $ are replaced with their value from the
                    606: global environment (see the
                    607: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    608: section).
                    609: .It
                    610: A leading ~ or ~user is expanded to the home directory of the current or
                    611: specified user.
                    612: .It
                    613: \euXXXX or \euXXXXXXXX is replaced by the Unicode codepoint corresponding to
                    614: the given four or eight digit hexadecimal number.
                    615: .It
                    616: When preceded (escaped) by a \e, the following characters are replaced: \ee by
                    617: the escape character; \er by a carriage return; \en by a newline; and \et by a
                    618: tab.
1.660     nicm      619: .It
                    620: \eooo is replaced by a character of the octal value ooo.
                    621: Three octal digits are required, for example \e001.
                    622: The largest valid character is \e377.
                    623: .It
1.651     nicm      624: Any other characters preceded by \e are replaced by themselves (that is, the \e
                    625: is removed) and are not treated as having any special meaning - so for example
                    626: \e; will not mark a command sequence and \e$ will not expand an environment
                    627: variable.
                    628: .El
                    629: .Pp
1.776     nicm      630: Braces are parsed as a configuration file (so conditions such as
                    631: .Ql %if
                    632: are processed) and then converted into a string.
                    633: They are designed to avoid the need for additional escaping when passing a
                    634: group of
1.655     nicm      635: .Nm
1.776     nicm      636: commands as an argument (for example to
                    637: .Ic if-shell ) .
1.655     nicm      638: These two examples produce an identical command - note that no escaping is
                    639: needed when using {}:
                    640: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    641: if-shell true {
                    642:     display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }$foo'
                    643: }
                    644:
1.776     nicm      645: if-shell true "display -p 'brace-dollar-foo: }\e$foo'"
1.655     nicm      646: .Ed
                    647: .Pp
                    648: Braces may be enclosed inside braces, for example:
                    649: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    650: bind x if-shell "true" {
                    651:     if-shell "true" {
1.706     nicm      652:         display "true!"
1.655     nicm      653:     }
                    654: }
                    655: .Ed
                    656: .Pp
1.651     nicm      657: Environment variables may be set by using the syntax
                    658: .Ql name=value ,
                    659: for example
                    660: .Ql HOME=/home/user .
                    661: Variables set during parsing are added to the global environment.
1.728     nicm      662: A hidden variable may be set with
                    663: .Ql %hidden ,
                    664: for example:
                    665: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    666: %hidden MYVAR=42
                    667: .Ed
                    668: .Pp
                    669: Hidden variables are not passed to the environment of processes created
                    670: by tmux.
                    671: See the
                    672: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
                    673: section.
1.651     nicm      674: .Pp
                    675: Commands may be parsed conditionally by surrounding them with
                    676: .Ql %if ,
                    677: .Ql %elif ,
                    678: .Ql %else
                    679: and
                    680: .Ql %endif .
                    681: The argument to
                    682: .Ql %if
                    683: and
                    684: .Ql %elif
                    685: is expanded as a format (see
                    686: .Sx FORMATS )
                    687: and if it evaluates to false (zero or empty), subsequent text is ignored until
                    688: the closing
                    689: .Ql %elif ,
                    690: .Ql %else
                    691: or
                    692: .Ql %endif .
                    693: For example:
                    694: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.666     nicm      695: %if "#{==:#{host},myhost}"
1.651     nicm      696: set -g status-style bg=red
1.666     nicm      697: %elif "#{==:#{host},myotherhost}"
1.651     nicm      698: set -g status-style bg=green
                    699: %else
                    700: set -g status-style bg=blue
                    701: %endif
                    702: .Ed
                    703: .Pp
                    704: Will change the status line to red if running on
                    705: .Ql myhost ,
                    706: green if running on
                    707: .Ql myotherhost ,
                    708: or blue if running on another host.
                    709: Conditionals may be given on one line, for example:
                    710: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    711: %if #{==:#{host},myhost} set -g status-style bg=red %endif
                    712: .Ed
1.57      jmc       713: .Sh COMMANDS
1.651     nicm      714: This section describes the commands supported by
1.57      jmc       715: .Nm .
                    716: Most commands accept the optional
                    717: .Fl t
1.432     nicm      718: (and sometimes
                    719: .Fl s )
1.57      jmc       720: argument with one of
                    721: .Ar target-client ,
1.678     nicm      722: .Ar target-session ,
1.57      jmc       723: .Ar target-window ,
                    724: or
                    725: .Ar target-pane .
                    726: These specify the client, session, window or pane which a command should affect.
1.423     nicm      727: .Pp
1.57      jmc       728: .Ar target-client
1.540     nicm      729: should be the name of the client,
                    730: typically the
1.57      jmc       731: .Xr pty 4
                    732: file to which the client is connected, for example either of
                    733: .Pa /dev/ttyp1
                    734: or
                    735: .Pa ttyp1
                    736: for the client attached to
                    737: .Pa /dev/ttyp1 .
1.423     nicm      738: If no client is specified,
                    739: .Nm
                    740: attempts to work out the client currently in use; if that fails, an error is
                    741: reported.
1.57      jmc       742: Clients may be listed with the
                    743: .Ic list-clients
                    744: command.
1.1       nicm      745: .Pp
1.57      jmc       746: .Ar target-session
1.423     nicm      747: is tried as, in order:
                    748: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    749: .It
                    750: A session ID prefixed with a $.
                    751: .It
                    752: An exact name of a session (as listed by the
1.57      jmc       753: .Ic list-sessions
1.423     nicm      754: command).
                    755: .It
                    756: The start of a session name, for example
                    757: .Ql mysess
                    758: would match a session named
                    759: .Ql mysession .
                    760: .It
                    761: An
1.57      jmc       762: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      763: pattern which is matched against the session name.
                    764: .El
                    765: .Pp
1.441     nicm      766: If the session name is prefixed with an
                    767: .Ql = ,
1.435     nicm      768: only an exact match is accepted (so
                    769: .Ql =mysess
                    770: will only match exactly
                    771: .Ql mysess ,
                    772: not
                    773: .Ql mysession ) .
1.441     nicm      774: .Pp
1.423     nicm      775: If a single session is found, it is used as the target session; multiple matches
1.57      jmc       776: produce an error.
                    777: If a session is omitted, the current session is used if available; if no
1.117     nicm      778: current session is available, the most recently used is chosen.
1.1       nicm      779: .Pp
1.57      jmc       780: .Ar target-window
1.472     nicm      781: (or
                    782: .Ar src-window
                    783: or
                    784: .Ar dst-window )
1.57      jmc       785: specifies a window in the form
                    786: .Em session Ns \&: Ns Em window .
                    787: .Em session
                    788: follows the same rules as for
                    789: .Ar target-session ,
                    790: and
                    791: .Em window
1.423     nicm      792: is looked for in order as:
                    793: .Bl -enum -offset Ds
                    794: .It
                    795: A special token, listed below.
                    796: .It
                    797: A window index, for example
                    798: .Ql mysession:1
                    799: is window 1 in session
                    800: .Ql mysession .
                    801: .It
                    802: A window ID, such as @1.
                    803: .It
                    804: An exact window name, such as
                    805: .Ql mysession:mywindow .
                    806: .It
                    807: The start of a window name, such as
                    808: .Ql mysession:mywin .
                    809: .It
                    810: As an
1.57      jmc       811: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.423     nicm      812: pattern matched against the window name.
                    813: .El
                    814: .Pp
1.435     nicm      815: Like sessions, a
                    816: .Ql =
                    817: prefix will do an exact match only.
1.57      jmc       818: An empty window name specifies the next unused index if appropriate (for
                    819: example the
                    820: .Ic new-window
                    821: and
                    822: .Ic link-window
                    823: commands)
                    824: otherwise the current window in
                    825: .Em session
                    826: is chosen.
1.423     nicm      827: .Pp
1.424     nicm      828: The following special tokens are available to indicate particular windows.
                    829: Each has a single-character alternative form.
1.423     nicm      830: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    831: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    832: .It Li "{start}" Ta "^" Ta "The lowest-numbered window"
                    833: .It Li "{end}" Ta "$" Ta "The highest-numbered window"
                    834: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously current) window"
                    835: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next window by number"
                    836: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous window by number"
                    837: .El
1.1       nicm      838: .Pp
1.57      jmc       839: .Ar target-pane
1.472     nicm      840: (or
                    841: .Ar src-pane
                    842: or
                    843: .Ar dst-pane )
                    844: may be a pane ID or takes a similar form to
1.57      jmc       845: .Ar target-window
1.423     nicm      846: but with the optional addition of a period followed by a pane index or pane ID,
                    847: for example:
                    848: .Ql mysession:mywindow.1 .
1.57      jmc       849: If the pane index is omitted, the currently active pane in the specified
                    850: window is used.
1.423     nicm      851: The following special tokens are available for the pane index:
                    852: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "X"
                    853: .It Sy "Token" Ta Sy "" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                    854: .It Li "{last}" Ta "!" Ta "The last (previously active) pane"
                    855: .It Li "{next}" Ta "+" Ta "The next pane by number"
                    856: .It Li "{previous}" Ta "-" Ta "The previous pane by number"
                    857: .It Li "{top}" Ta "" Ta "The top pane"
                    858: .It Li "{bottom}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom pane"
                    859: .It Li "{left}" Ta "" Ta "The leftmost pane"
                    860: .It Li "{right}" Ta "" Ta "The rightmost pane"
                    861: .It Li "{top-left}" Ta "" Ta "The top-left pane"
                    862: .It Li "{top-right}" Ta "" Ta "The top-right pane"
                    863: .It Li "{bottom-left}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-left pane"
                    864: .It Li "{bottom-right}" Ta "" Ta "The bottom-right pane"
1.447     nicm      865: .It Li "{up-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane above the active pane"
                    866: .It Li "{down-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane below the active pane"
                    867: .It Li "{left-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the left of the active pane"
                    868: .It Li "{right-of}" Ta "" Ta "The pane to the right of the active pane"
1.423     nicm      869: .El
1.177     nicm      870: .Pp
1.423     nicm      871: The tokens
1.177     nicm      872: .Ql +
                    873: and
                    874: .Ql -
                    875: may be followed by an offset, for example:
                    876: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                    877: select-window -t:+2
                    878: .Ed
                    879: .Pp
1.432     nicm      880: In addition,
                    881: .Em target-session ,
                    882: .Em target-window
                    883: or
                    884: .Em target-pane
                    885: may consist entirely of the token
                    886: .Ql {mouse}
                    887: (alternative form
                    888: .Ql = )
1.678     nicm      889: to specify the session, window or pane where the most recent mouse event occurred
1.432     nicm      890: (see the
                    891: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                    892: section)
                    893: or
                    894: .Ql {marked}
                    895: (alternative form
                    896: .Ql ~ )
                    897: to specify the marked pane (see
                    898: .Ic select-pane
                    899: .Fl m ) .
                    900: .Pp
1.423     nicm      901: Sessions, window and panes are each numbered with a unique ID; session IDs are
                    902: prefixed with a
                    903: .Ql $ ,
                    904: windows with a
                    905: .Ql @ ,
                    906: and panes with a
                    907: .Ql % .
                    908: These are unique and are unchanged for the life of the session, window or pane
                    909: in the
1.212     nicm      910: .Nm
1.423     nicm      911: server.
                    912: The pane ID is passed to the child process of the pane in the
1.212     nicm      913: .Ev TMUX_PANE
                    914: environment variable.
1.423     nicm      915: IDs may be displayed using the
                    916: .Ql session_id ,
                    917: .Ql window_id ,
                    918: or
                    919: .Ql pane_id
                    920: formats (see the
                    921: .Sx FORMATS
                    922: section) and the
                    923: .Ic display-message ,
                    924: .Ic list-sessions ,
                    925: .Ic list-windows
                    926: or
                    927: .Ic list-panes
                    928: commands.
1.15      jmc       929: .Pp
1.153     nicm      930: .Ar shell-command
                    931: arguments are
                    932: .Xr sh 1
                    933: commands.
1.394     nicm      934: This may be a single argument passed to the shell, for example:
1.153     nicm      935: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      936: new-window 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.153     nicm      937: .Ed
1.394     nicm      938: .Pp
                    939: Will run:
                    940: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      941: /bin/sh -c 'vi ~/.tmux.conf'
1.394     nicm      942: .Ed
                    943: .Pp
                    944: Additionally, the
                    945: .Ic new-window ,
                    946: .Ic new-session ,
                    947: .Ic split-window ,
                    948: .Ic respawn-window
                    949: and
                    950: .Ic respawn-pane
                    951: commands allow
                    952: .Ar shell-command
                    953: to be given as multiple arguments and executed directly (without
                    954: .Ql sh -c ) .
                    955: This can avoid issues with shell quoting.
                    956: For example:
                    957: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.821     nicm      958: $ tmux new-window vi ~/.tmux.conf
1.394     nicm      959: .Ed
                    960: .Pp
                    961: Will run
                    962: .Xr vi 1
                    963: directly without invoking the shell.
1.153     nicm      964: .Pp
                    965: .Ar command
                    966: .Op Ar arguments
                    967: refers to a
                    968: .Nm
1.655     nicm      969: command, either passed with the command and arguments separately, for example:
1.153     nicm      970: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.629     nicm      971: bind-key F1 set-option status off
1.153     nicm      972: .Ed
                    973: .Pp
1.655     nicm      974: Or passed as a single string argument in
                    975: .Pa .tmux.conf ,
                    976: for example:
1.153     nicm      977: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.655     nicm      978: bind-key F1 { set-option status off }
1.153     nicm      979: .Ed
                    980: .Pp
                    981: Example
                    982: .Nm
                    983: commands include:
1.13      nicm      984: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.57      jmc       985: refresh-client -t/dev/ttyp2
                    986:
                    987: rename-session -tfirst newname
                    988:
1.668     nicm      989: set-option -wt:0 monitor-activity on
1.57      jmc       990:
                    991: new-window ; split-window -d
1.244     nicm      992:
                    993: bind-key R source-file ~/.tmux.conf \e; \e
                    994:        display-message "source-file done"
1.13      nicm      995: .Ed
1.153     nicm      996: .Pp
                    997: Or from
                    998: .Xr sh 1 :
                    999: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1000: $ tmux kill-window -t :1
                   1001:
1.159     jmc      1002: $ tmux new-window \e; split-window -d
1.153     nicm     1003:
1.821     nicm     1004: $ tmux new-session -d 'vi ~/.tmux.conf' \e; split-window -d \e; attach
1.153     nicm     1005: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1006: .Sh CLIENTS AND SESSIONS
1.153     nicm     1007: The
                   1008: .Nm
                   1009: server manages clients, sessions, windows and panes.
                   1010: Clients are attached to sessions to interact with them, either
                   1011: when they are created with the
                   1012: .Ic new-session
                   1013: command, or later with the
                   1014: .Ic attach-session
                   1015: command.
1.188     nicm     1016: Each session has one or more windows
1.153     nicm     1017: .Em linked
                   1018: into it.
                   1019: Windows may be linked to multiple sessions and are made up of one or
                   1020: more panes,
                   1021: each of which contains a pseudo terminal.
                   1022: Commands for creating, linking and otherwise manipulating windows
                   1023: are covered
                   1024: in the
                   1025: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   1026: section.
                   1027: .Pp
                   1028: The following commands are available to manage clients and sessions:
1.57      jmc      1029: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1030: .Tg attach
1.57      jmc      1031: .It Xo Ic attach-session
1.662     nicm     1032: .Op Fl dErx
1.372     nicm     1033: .Op Fl c Ar working-directory
1.762     nicm     1034: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.57      jmc      1035: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1036: .Xc
                   1037: .D1 (alias: Ic attach )
                   1038: If run from outside
                   1039: .Nm ,
                   1040: create a new client in the current terminal and attach it to
                   1041: .Ar target-session .
                   1042: If used from inside, switch the current client.
                   1043: If
                   1044: .Fl d
                   1045: is specified, any other clients attached to the session are detached.
1.662     nicm     1046: If
                   1047: .Fl x
1.703     nicm     1048: is given, send
                   1049: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1050: to the parent process of the client as well as
1.662     nicm     1051: detaching the client, typically causing it to exit.
1.762     nicm     1052: .Fl f
                   1053: sets a comma-separated list of client flags.
                   1054: The flags are:
                   1055: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.778     nicm     1056: .It active-pane
                   1057: the client has an independent active pane
1.762     nicm     1058: .It ignore-size
                   1059: the client does not affect the size of other clients
                   1060: .It no-output
                   1061: the client does not receive pane output in control mode
1.778     nicm     1062: .It pause-after=seconds
                   1063: output is paused once the pane is
                   1064: .Ar seconds
                   1065: behind in control mode
                   1066: .It read-only
                   1067: the client is read-only
1.786     nicm     1068: .It wait-exit
                   1069: wait for an empty line input before exiting in control mode
1.762     nicm     1070: .El
                   1071: .Pp
                   1072: A leading
1.799     tim      1073: .Ql \&!
1.762     nicm     1074: turns a flag off if the client is already attached.
1.148     nicm     1075: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1076: is an alias for
                   1077: .Fl f
                   1078: .Ar read-only,ignore-size .
                   1079: When a client is read-only, only keys bound to the
1.148     nicm     1080: .Ic detach-client
1.242     nicm     1081: or
                   1082: .Ic switch-client
1.762     nicm     1083: commands have any effect.
1.769     nicm     1084: A client with the
                   1085: .Ar active-pane
                   1086: flag allows the active pane to be selected independently of the window's active
                   1087: pane used by clients without the flag.
                   1088: This only affects the cursor position and commands issued from the client;
                   1089: other features such as hooks and styles continue to use the window's active
                   1090: pane.
1.13      nicm     1091: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1092: If no server is started,
                   1093: .Ic attach-session
                   1094: will attempt to start it; this will fail unless sessions are created in the
                   1095: configuration file.
1.217     nicm     1096: .Pp
                   1097: The
                   1098: .Ar target-session
                   1099: rules for
                   1100: .Ic attach-session
                   1101: are slightly adjusted: if
                   1102: .Nm
                   1103: needs to select the most recently used session, it will prefer the most
                   1104: recently used
                   1105: .Em unattached
                   1106: session.
1.372     nicm     1107: .Pp
                   1108: .Fl c
                   1109: will set the session working directory (used for new windows) to
                   1110: .Ar working-directory .
1.436     nicm     1111: .Pp
                   1112: If
                   1113: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1114: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1115: .Ic update-environment
                   1116: option will not be applied.
1.858     kn       1117: .Tg detach
1.211     nicm     1118: .It Xo Ic detach-client
1.463     nicm     1119: .Op Fl aP
1.525     nicm     1120: .Op Fl E Ar shell-command
1.219     nicm     1121: .Op Fl s Ar target-session
1.211     nicm     1122: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1123: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1124: .D1 (alias: Ic detach )
1.218     nicm     1125: Detach the current client if bound to a key, the client specified with
                   1126: .Fl t ,
1.258     jmc      1127: or all clients currently attached to the session specified by
1.218     nicm     1128: .Fl s .
1.296     nicm     1129: The
                   1130: .Fl a
                   1131: option kills all but the client given with
                   1132: .Fl t .
1.211     nicm     1133: If
                   1134: .Fl P
1.703     nicm     1135: is given, send
                   1136: .Dv SIGHUP
                   1137: to the parent process of the client, typically causing it
1.211     nicm     1138: to exit.
1.525     nicm     1139: With
                   1140: .Fl E ,
                   1141: run
                   1142: .Ar shell-command
                   1143: to replace the client.
1.858     kn       1144: .Tg has
1.57      jmc      1145: .It Ic has-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1146: .D1 (alias: Ic has )
                   1147: Report an error and exit with 1 if the specified session does not exist.
                   1148: If it does exist, exit with 0.
                   1149: .It Ic kill-server
                   1150: Kill the
1.1       nicm     1151: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1152: server and clients and destroy all sessions.
1.369     nicm     1153: .It Xo Ic kill-session
1.464     nicm     1154: .Op Fl aC
1.297     nicm     1155: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.369     nicm     1156: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1157: Destroy the given session, closing any windows linked to it and no other
                   1158: sessions, and detaching all clients attached to it.
1.297     nicm     1159: If
                   1160: .Fl a
                   1161: is given, all sessions but the specified one is killed.
1.464     nicm     1162: The
                   1163: .Fl C
1.467     nicm     1164: flag clears alerts (bell, activity, or silence) in all windows linked to the
1.464     nicm     1165: session.
1.858     kn       1166: .Tg lsc
1.250     nicm     1167: .It Xo Ic list-clients
                   1168: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1169: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1170: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1171: .D1 (alias: Ic lsc )
1.221     jmc      1172: List all clients attached to the server.
1.250     nicm     1173: For the meaning of the
                   1174: .Fl F
                   1175: flag, see the
1.252     jmc      1176: .Sx FORMATS
                   1177: section.
1.221     jmc      1178: If
1.220     nicm     1179: .Ar target-session
                   1180: is specified, list only clients connected to that session.
1.858     kn       1181: .Tg lscm
1.489     nicm     1182: .It Xo Ic list-commands
                   1183: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.731     nicm     1184: .Op Ar command
1.489     nicm     1185: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1186: .D1 (alias: Ic lscm )
1.731     nicm     1187: List the syntax of
                   1188: .Ar command
                   1189: or - if omitted - of all commands supported by
1.57      jmc      1190: .Nm .
1.858     kn       1191: .Tg ls
1.738     nicm     1192: .It Xo Ic list-sessions
                   1193: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   1194: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   1195: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1196: .D1 (alias: Ic ls )
                   1197: List all sessions managed by the server.
1.247     nicm     1198: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     1199: specifies the format of each line and
                   1200: .Fl f
                   1201: a filter.
                   1202: Only sessions for which the filter is true are shown.
                   1203: See the
1.247     nicm     1204: .Sx FORMATS
                   1205: section.
1.858     kn       1206: .Tg lockc
1.175     nicm     1207: .It Ic lock-client Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1208: .D1 (alias: Ic lockc )
1.92      nicm     1209: Lock
                   1210: .Ar target-client ,
                   1211: see the
                   1212: .Ic lock-server
                   1213: command.
1.858     kn       1214: .Tg locks
1.175     nicm     1215: .It Ic lock-session Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1216: .D1 (alias: Ic locks )
1.92      nicm     1217: Lock all clients attached to
                   1218: .Ar target-session .
1.858     kn       1219: .Tg new
1.57      jmc      1220: .It Xo Ic new-session
1.662     nicm     1221: .Op Fl AdDEPX
1.371     nicm     1222: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.760     nicm     1223: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.762     nicm     1224: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.351     nicm     1225: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      1226: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   1227: .Op Fl s Ar session-name
1.536     nicm     1228: .Op Fl t Ar group-name
1.210     nicm     1229: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   1230: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.153     nicm     1231: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      1232: .Xc
                   1233: .D1 (alias: Ic new )
                   1234: Create a new session with name
                   1235: .Ar session-name .
1.153     nicm     1236: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1237: The new session is attached to the current terminal unless
                   1238: .Fl d
                   1239: is given.
                   1240: .Ar window-name
1.1       nicm     1241: and
1.153     nicm     1242: .Ar shell-command
                   1243: are the name of and shell command to execute in the initial window.
1.552     nicm     1244: With
                   1245: .Fl d ,
1.642     nicm     1246: the initial size comes from the global
                   1247: .Ic default-size
                   1248: option;
1.210     nicm     1249: .Fl x
                   1250: and
                   1251: .Fl y
1.602     nicm     1252: can be used to specify a different size.
                   1253: .Ql -
                   1254: uses the size of the current client if any.
1.642     nicm     1255: If
                   1256: .Fl x
                   1257: or
                   1258: .Fl y
                   1259: is given, the
                   1260: .Ic default-size
                   1261: option is set for the session.
1.762     nicm     1262: .Fl f
                   1263: sets a comma-separated list of client flags (see
                   1264: .Ic attach-session ) .
1.68      nicm     1265: .Pp
                   1266: If run from a terminal, any
                   1267: .Xr termios 4
                   1268: special characters are saved and used for new windows in the new session.
1.338     nicm     1269: .Pp
                   1270: The
                   1271: .Fl A
                   1272: flag makes
                   1273: .Ic new-session
                   1274: behave like
                   1275: .Ic attach-session
                   1276: if
                   1277: .Ar session-name
1.416     nicm     1278: already exists; in this case,
1.338     nicm     1279: .Fl D
                   1280: behaves like
                   1281: .Fl d
1.662     nicm     1282: to
                   1283: .Ic attach-session ,
                   1284: and
                   1285: .Fl X
                   1286: behaves like
                   1287: .Fl x
1.338     nicm     1288: to
                   1289: .Ic attach-session .
1.101     nicm     1290: .Pp
                   1291: If
                   1292: .Fl t
1.536     nicm     1293: is given, it specifies a
                   1294: .Ic session group .
                   1295: Sessions in the same group share the same set of windows - new windows are
1.537     nicm     1296: linked to all sessions in the group and any windows closed removed from all
1.536     nicm     1297: sessions.
1.101     nicm     1298: The current and previous window and any session options remain independent and
1.536     nicm     1299: any session in a group may be killed without affecting the others.
                   1300: The
                   1301: .Ar group-name
                   1302: argument may be:
                   1303: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   1304: .It
                   1305: the name of an existing group, in which case the new session is added to that
                   1306: group;
                   1307: .It
                   1308: the name of an existing session - the new session is added to the same group
                   1309: as that session, creating a new group if necessary;
                   1310: .It
                   1311: the name for a new group containing only the new session.
                   1312: .El
                   1313: .Pp
1.101     nicm     1314: .Fl n
1.480     nicm     1315: and
1.153     nicm     1316: .Ar shell-command
1.101     nicm     1317: are invalid if
                   1318: .Fl t
                   1319: is used.
1.351     nicm     1320: .Pp
                   1321: The
                   1322: .Fl P
                   1323: option prints information about the new session after it has been created.
                   1324: By default, it uses the format
1.683     nicm     1325: .Ql #{session_name}:\&
1.351     nicm     1326: but a different format may be specified with
                   1327: .Fl F .
1.436     nicm     1328: .Pp
                   1329: If
                   1330: .Fl E
1.480     nicm     1331: is used, the
1.436     nicm     1332: .Ic update-environment
                   1333: option will not be applied.
1.760     nicm     1334: .Fl e
                   1335: takes the form
                   1336: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   1337: and sets an environment variable for the newly created session; it may be
                   1338: specified multiple times.
1.858     kn       1339: .Tg refresh
1.248     nicm     1340: .It Xo Ic refresh-client
1.613     nicm     1341: .Op Fl cDlLRSU
1.773     nicm     1342: .Op Fl A Ar pane:state
1.788     nicm     1343: .Op Fl B Ar name:what:format
1.855     nicm     1344: .Op Fl C Ar size
1.762     nicm     1345: .Op Fl f Ar flags
1.248     nicm     1346: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.613     nicm     1347: .Op Ar adjustment
1.248     nicm     1348: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1349: .D1 (alias: Ic refresh )
                   1350: Refresh the current client if bound to a key, or a single client if one is given
                   1351: with
                   1352: .Fl t .
1.248     nicm     1353: If
                   1354: .Fl S
1.538     nicm     1355: is specified, only update the client's status line.
1.535     nicm     1356: .Pp
1.642     nicm     1357: The
                   1358: .Fl U ,
                   1359: .Fl D ,
                   1360: .Fl L
                   1361: .Fl R ,
                   1362: and
                   1363: .Fl c
                   1364: flags allow the visible portion of a window which is larger than the client
                   1365: to be changed.
                   1366: .Fl U
                   1367: moves the visible part up by
                   1368: .Ar adjustment
                   1369: rows and
                   1370: .Fl D
                   1371: down,
                   1372: .Fl L
                   1373: left by
                   1374: .Ar adjustment
                   1375: columns and
                   1376: .Fl R
                   1377: right.
                   1378: .Fl c
                   1379: returns to tracking the cursor automatically.
                   1380: If
                   1381: .Ar adjustment
                   1382: is omitted, 1 is used.
                   1383: Note that the visible position is a property of the client not of the
                   1384: window, changing the current window in the attached session will reset
                   1385: it.
                   1386: .Pp
1.535     nicm     1387: .Fl C
1.855     nicm     1388: sets the width and height of a control mode client or of a window for a
                   1389: control mode client,
                   1390: .Ar size
                   1391: must be one of
                   1392: .Ql widthxheight
                   1393: or
                   1394: .Ql window ID:widthxheight ,
                   1395: for example
                   1396: .Ql 80x24
                   1397: or
                   1398: .Ql @0:80x24 .
1.773     nicm     1399: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1400: allows a control mode client to trigger actions on a pane.
1.773     nicm     1401: The argument is a pane ID (with leading
                   1402: .Ql % ) ,
                   1403: a colon, then one of
1.778     nicm     1404: .Ql on ,
1.781     nicm     1405: .Ql off ,
                   1406: .Ql continue
1.773     nicm     1407: or
1.781     nicm     1408: .Ql pause .
1.773     nicm     1409: If
                   1410: .Ql off ,
                   1411: .Nm
                   1412: will not send output from the pane to the client and if all clients have turned
                   1413: the pane off, will stop reading from the pane.
1.778     nicm     1414: If
                   1415: .Ql continue ,
                   1416: .Nm
1.781     nicm     1417: will return to sending output to the pane if it was paused (manually or with the
1.778     nicm     1418: .Ar pause-after
                   1419: flag).
1.781     nicm     1420: If
                   1421: .Ql pause ,
                   1422: .Nm
                   1423: will pause the pane.
1.773     nicm     1424: .Fl A
1.778     nicm     1425: may be given multiple times for different panes.
1.773     nicm     1426: .Pp
1.788     nicm     1427: .Fl B
                   1428: sets a subscription to a format for a control mode client.
                   1429: The argument is split into three items by colons:
                   1430: .Ar name
                   1431: is a name for the subscription;
                   1432: .Ar what
                   1433: is a type of item to subscribe to;
                   1434: .Ar format
                   1435: is the format.
                   1436: After a subscription is added, changes to the format are reported with the
                   1437: .Ic %subscription-changed
                   1438: notification, at most once a second.
                   1439: If only the name is given, the subscription is removed.
                   1440: .Ar what
                   1441: may be empty to check the format only for the attached session, or one of:
                   1442: a pane ID such as
                   1443: .Ql %0 ;
                   1444: .Ql %*
                   1445: for all panes in the attached session;
1.816     jmc      1446: a window ID such as
1.788     nicm     1447: .Ql @0 ;
                   1448: or
                   1449: .Ql @*
                   1450: for all windows in the attached session.
                   1451: .Pp
1.762     nicm     1452: .Fl f
                   1453: sets a comma-separated list of client flags, see
                   1454: .Ic attach-session .
1.677     nicm     1455: .Pp
1.612     nicm     1456: .Fl l
                   1457: requests the clipboard from the client using the
                   1458: .Xr xterm 1
                   1459: escape sequence and stores it in a new paste buffer.
1.613     nicm     1460: .Pp
                   1461: .Fl L ,
                   1462: .Fl R ,
                   1463: .Fl U
                   1464: and
                   1465: .Fl D
                   1466: move the visible portion of the window left, right, up or down
                   1467: by
                   1468: .Ar adjustment ,
                   1469: if the window is larger than the client.
                   1470: .Fl c
                   1471: resets so that the position follows the cursor.
                   1472: See the
                   1473: .Ic window-size
                   1474: option.
1.858     kn       1475: .Tg rename
1.57      jmc      1476: .It Xo Ic rename-session
                   1477: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   1478: .Ar new-name
                   1479: .Xc
                   1480: .D1 (alias: Ic rename )
                   1481: Rename the session to
                   1482: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       1483: .Tg showmsgs
1.121     nicm     1484: .It Xo Ic show-messages
1.465     nicm     1485: .Op Fl JT
1.120     nicm     1486: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   1487: .Xc
                   1488: .D1 (alias: Ic showmsgs )
1.764     nicm     1489: Show server messages or information.
                   1490: Messages are stored, up to a maximum of the limit set by the
1.120     nicm     1491: .Ar message-limit
1.384     nicm     1492: server option.
1.377     nicm     1493: .Fl J
                   1494: and
                   1495: .Fl T
1.465     nicm     1496: show debugging information about jobs and terminals.
1.858     kn       1497: .Tg source
1.488     tim      1498: .It Xo Ic source-file
1.793     nicm     1499: .Op Fl Fnqv
1.488     tim      1500: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1501: .Ar ...
1.488     tim      1502: .Xc
1.57      jmc      1503: .D1 (alias: Ic source )
1.659     nicm     1504: Execute commands from one or more files specified by
1.519     nicm     1505: .Ar path
1.659     nicm     1506: (which may be
1.607     kn       1507: .Xr glob 7
1.659     nicm     1508: patterns).
1.488     tim      1509: If
1.793     nicm     1510: .Fl F
                   1511: is present, then
                   1512: .Ar path
                   1513: is expanded as a format.
                   1514: If
1.488     tim      1515: .Fl q
                   1516: is given, no error will be returned if
                   1517: .Ar path
                   1518: does not exist.
1.651     nicm     1519: With
                   1520: .Fl n ,
                   1521: the file is parsed but no commands are executed.
1.663     nicm     1522: .Fl v
                   1523: shows the parsed commands and line numbers if possible.
1.858     kn       1524: .Tg start
1.57      jmc      1525: .It Ic start-server
                   1526: .D1 (alias: Ic start )
                   1527: Start the
1.1       nicm     1528: .Nm
1.57      jmc      1529: server, if not already running, without creating any sessions.
1.707     nicm     1530: .Pp
                   1531: Note that as by default the
                   1532: .Nm
                   1533: server will exit with no sessions, this is only useful if a session is created in
                   1534: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf ,
                   1535: .Ic exit-empty
                   1536: is turned off, or another command is run as part of the same command sequence.
                   1537: For example:
                   1538: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1539: $ tmux start \\; show -g
                   1540: .Ed
1.858     kn       1541: .Tg suspendc
1.57      jmc      1542: .It Xo Ic suspend-client
1.202     nicm     1543: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      1544: .Xc
                   1545: .D1 (alias: Ic suspendc )
                   1546: Suspend a client by sending
                   1547: .Dv SIGTSTP
                   1548: (tty stop).
1.858     kn       1549: .Tg switchc
1.57      jmc      1550: .It Xo Ic switch-client
1.681     nicm     1551: .Op Fl ElnprZ
1.57      jmc      1552: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   1553: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.421     nicm     1554: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      1555: .Xc
                   1556: .D1 (alias: Ic switchc )
                   1557: Switch the current session for client
                   1558: .Ar target-client
                   1559: to
                   1560: .Ar target-session .
1.635     nicm     1561: As a special case,
                   1562: .Fl t
                   1563: may refer to a pane (a target that contains
1.636     jmc      1564: .Ql \&: ,
                   1565: .Ql \&.
1.635     nicm     1566: or
1.636     jmc      1567: .Ql % ) ,
1.681     nicm     1568: to change session, window and pane.
                   1569: In that case,
                   1570: .Fl Z
                   1571: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.183     nicm     1572: If
1.197     jmc      1573: .Fl l ,
1.183     nicm     1574: .Fl n
                   1575: or
                   1576: .Fl p
1.194     nicm     1577: is used, the client is moved to the last, next or previous session
                   1578: respectively.
1.242     nicm     1579: .Fl r
1.762     nicm     1580: toggles the client
                   1581: .Ic read-only
                   1582: and
                   1583: .Ic ignore-size
                   1584: flags (see the
1.242     nicm     1585: .Ic attach-session
                   1586: command).
1.436     nicm     1587: .Pp
                   1588: If
                   1589: .Fl E
                   1590: is used,
                   1591: .Ic update-environment
                   1592: option will not be applied.
1.421     nicm     1593: .Pp
                   1594: .Fl T
1.706     nicm     1595: sets the client's key table; the next key from the client will be interpreted
                   1596: from
1.421     nicm     1597: .Ar key-table .
                   1598: This may be used to configure multiple prefix keys, or to bind commands to
                   1599: sequences of keys.
                   1600: For example, to make typing
                   1601: .Ql abc
                   1602: run the
                   1603: .Ic list-keys
                   1604: command:
                   1605: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1606: bind-key -Ttable2 c list-keys
                   1607: bind-key -Ttable1 b switch-client -Ttable2
                   1608: bind-key -Troot   a switch-client -Ttable1
                   1609: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1610: .El
                   1611: .Sh WINDOWS AND PANES
1.679     nicm     1612: Each window displayed by
                   1613: .Nm
                   1614: may be split into one or more
                   1615: .Em panes ;
                   1616: each pane takes up a certain area of the display and is a separate terminal.
                   1617: A window may be split into panes using the
                   1618: .Ic split-window
                   1619: command.
                   1620: Windows may be split horizontally (with the
                   1621: .Fl h
                   1622: flag) or vertically.
                   1623: Panes may be resized with the
                   1624: .Ic resize-pane
                   1625: command (bound to
                   1626: .Ql C-Up ,
                   1627: .Ql C-Down
                   1628: .Ql C-Left
                   1629: and
                   1630: .Ql C-Right
                   1631: by default), the current pane may be changed with the
                   1632: .Ic select-pane
                   1633: command and the
                   1634: .Ic rotate-window
                   1635: and
                   1636: .Ic swap-pane
                   1637: commands may be used to swap panes without changing their position.
                   1638: Panes are numbered beginning from zero in the order they are created.
                   1639: .Pp
                   1640: By default, a
1.1       nicm     1641: .Nm
1.679     nicm     1642: pane permits direct access to the terminal contained in the pane.
                   1643: A pane may also be put into one of several modes:
                   1644: .Bl -dash -offset indent
                   1645: .It
                   1646: Copy mode, which permits a section of a window or its
1.164     nicm     1647: history to be copied to a
1.1       nicm     1648: .Em paste buffer
                   1649: for later insertion into another window.
                   1650: This mode is entered with the
                   1651: .Ic copy-mode
                   1652: command, bound to
1.113     nicm     1653: .Ql \&[
1.1       nicm     1654: by default.
1.734     nicm     1655: Copied text can be pasted with the
                   1656: .Ic paste-buffer
                   1657: command, bound to
                   1658: .Ql \&] .
1.679     nicm     1659: .It
                   1660: View mode, which is like copy mode but is entered when a command that produces
                   1661: output, such as
1.164     nicm     1662: .Ic list-keys ,
                   1663: is executed from a key binding.
1.679     nicm     1664: .It
                   1665: Choose mode, which allows an item to be chosen from a list.
                   1666: This may be a client, a session or window or pane, or a buffer.
                   1667: This mode is entered with the
                   1668: .Ic choose-buffer ,
                   1669: .Ic choose-client
                   1670: and
                   1671: .Ic choose-tree
                   1672: commands.
                   1673: .El
1.1       nicm     1674: .Pp
1.678     nicm     1675: In copy mode an indicator is displayed in the top-right corner of the pane with
                   1676: the current position and the number of lines in the history.
                   1677: .Pp
1.497     nicm     1678: Commands are sent to copy mode using the
                   1679: .Fl X
                   1680: flag to the
                   1681: .Ic send-keys
                   1682: command.
                   1683: When a key is pressed, copy mode automatically uses one of two key tables,
                   1684: depending on the
1.1       nicm     1685: .Ic mode-keys
1.497     nicm     1686: option:
                   1687: .Ic copy-mode
                   1688: for emacs, or
                   1689: .Ic copy-mode-vi
                   1690: for vi.
                   1691: Key tables may be viewed with the
                   1692: .Ic list-keys
                   1693: command.
                   1694: .Pp
                   1695: The following commands are supported in copy mode:
1.648     nicm     1696: .Bl -column "CommandXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXXXXXXXX" "emacs" -offset indent
1.497     nicm     1697: .It Sy "Command" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
                   1698: .It Li "append-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1699: .It Li "append-selection-and-cancel" Ta "A" Ta ""
                   1700: .It Li "back-to-indentation" Ta "^" Ta "M-m"
                   1701: .It Li "begin-selection" Ta "Space" Ta "C-Space"
                   1702: .It Li "bottom-line" Ta "L" Ta ""
                   1703: .It Li "cancel" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
                   1704: .It Li "clear-selection" Ta "Escape" Ta "C-g"
1.847     nicm     1705: .It Li "copy-end-of-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1706: .It Li "copy-end-of-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1707: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1708: .It Li "copy-pipe-end-of-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
1.633     nicm     1709: .It Li "copy-line [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.847     nicm     1710: .It Li "copy-line-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.849     nicm     1711: .It Li "copy-pipe-line [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1712: .It Li "copy-pipe-line-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.742     nicm     1713: .It Li "copy-pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1714: .It Li "copy-pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1715: .It Li "copy-pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1716: .It Li "copy-selection [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.638     nicm     1717: .It Li "copy-selection-no-clear [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.633     nicm     1718: .It Li "copy-selection-and-cancel [<prefix>]" Ta "Enter" Ta "M-w"
1.497     nicm     1719: .It Li "cursor-down" Ta "j" Ta "Down"
1.685     nicm     1720: .It Li "cursor-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1721: .It Li "cursor-left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   1722: .It Li "cursor-right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   1723: .It Li "cursor-up" Ta "k" Ta "Up"
                   1724: .It Li "end-of-line" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   1725: .It Li "goto-line <line>" Ta ":" Ta "g"
                   1726: .It Li "halfpage-down" Ta "C-d" Ta "M-Down"
1.589     nicm     1727: .It Li "halfpage-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1728: .It Li "halfpage-up" Ta "C-u" Ta "M-Up"
1.589     nicm     1729: .It Li "history-bottom" Ta "G" Ta "M->"
                   1730: .It Li "history-top" Ta "g" Ta "M-<"
1.497     nicm     1731: .It Li "jump-again" Ta ";" Ta ";"
                   1732: .It Li "jump-backward <to>" Ta "F" Ta "F"
                   1733: .It Li "jump-forward <to>" Ta "f" Ta "f"
                   1734: .It Li "jump-reverse" Ta "," Ta ","
                   1735: .It Li "jump-to-backward <to>" Ta "T" Ta ""
                   1736: .It Li "jump-to-forward <to>" Ta "t" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1737: .It Li "jump-to-mark" Ta "M-x" Ta "M-x"
1.497     nicm     1738: .It Li "middle-line" Ta "M" Ta "M-r"
1.678     nicm     1739: .It Li "next-matching-bracket" Ta "%" Ta "M-C-f"
1.497     nicm     1740: .It Li "next-paragraph" Ta "}" Ta "M-}"
                   1741: .It Li "next-space" Ta "W" Ta ""
                   1742: .It Li "next-space-end" Ta "E" Ta ""
                   1743: .It Li "next-word" Ta "w" Ta ""
                   1744: .It Li "next-word-end" Ta "e" Ta "M-f"
                   1745: .It Li "other-end" Ta "o" Ta ""
                   1746: .It Li "page-down" Ta "C-f" Ta "PageDown"
1.589     nicm     1747: .It Li "page-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1748: .It Li "page-up" Ta "C-b" Ta "PageUp"
1.820     nicm     1749: .It Li "pipe [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1750: .It Li "pipe-no-clear [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1751: .It Li "pipe-and-cancel [<command>] [<prefix>]" Ta "" Ta ""
1.678     nicm     1752: .It Li "previous-matching-bracket" Ta "" Ta "M-C-b"
1.497     nicm     1753: .It Li "previous-paragraph" Ta "{" Ta "M-{"
                   1754: .It Li "previous-space" Ta "B" Ta ""
                   1755: .It Li "previous-word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
1.813     nicm     1756: .It Li "rectangle-on" Ta "" Ta ""
                   1757: .It Li "rectangle-off" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1758: .It Li "rectangle-toggle" Ta "v" Ta "R"
1.732     nicm     1759: .It Li "refresh-from-pane" Ta "r" Ta "r"
1.497     nicm     1760: .It Li "scroll-down" Ta "C-e" Ta "C-Down"
1.589     nicm     1761: .It Li "scroll-down-and-cancel" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1762: .It Li "scroll-up" Ta "C-y" Ta "C-Up"
                   1763: .It Li "search-again" Ta "n" Ta "n"
1.517     nicm     1764: .It Li "search-backward <for>" Ta "?" Ta ""
1.726     nicm     1765: .It Li "search-backward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-r"
                   1766: .It Li "search-backward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.517     nicm     1767: .It Li "search-forward <for>" Ta "/" Ta ""
                   1768: .It Li "search-forward-incremental <for>" Ta "" Ta "C-s"
1.726     nicm     1769: .It Li "search-forward-text <for>" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1770: .It Li "search-reverse" Ta "N" Ta "N"
                   1771: .It Li "select-line" Ta "V" Ta ""
1.634     nicm     1772: .It Li "select-word" Ta "" Ta ""
1.768     nicm     1773: .It Li "set-mark" Ta "X" Ta "X"
1.497     nicm     1774: .It Li "start-of-line" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
1.515     nicm     1775: .It Li "stop-selection" Ta "" Ta ""
1.497     nicm     1776: .It Li "top-line" Ta "H" Ta "M-R"
1.1       nicm     1777: .El
1.726     nicm     1778: .Pp
                   1779: The search commands come in several varieties:
                   1780: .Ql search-forward
                   1781: and
                   1782: .Ql search-backward
                   1783: search for a regular expression;
                   1784: the
                   1785: .Ql -text
                   1786: variants search for a plain text string rather than a regular expression;
                   1787: .Ql -incremental
                   1788: perform an incremental search and expect to be used with the
                   1789: .Fl i
                   1790: flag to the
                   1791: .Ic command-prompt
                   1792: command.
                   1793: .Ql search-again
                   1794: repeats the last search and
                   1795: .Ql search-reverse
                   1796: does the same but reverses the direction (forward becomes backward and backward
                   1797: becomes forward).
1.589     nicm     1798: .Pp
1.633     nicm     1799: Copy commands may take an optional buffer prefix argument which is used
                   1800: to generate the buffer name (the default is
                   1801: .Ql buffer
                   1802: so buffers are named
                   1803: .Ql buffer0 ,
                   1804: .Ql buffer1
                   1805: and so on).
                   1806: Pipe commands take a command argument which is the command to which the
1.820     nicm     1807: selected text is piped.
                   1808: .Ql copy-pipe
                   1809: variants also copy the selection.
1.589     nicm     1810: The
                   1811: .Ql -and-cancel
                   1812: variants of some commands exit copy mode after they have completed (for copy
                   1813: commands) or when the cursor reaches the bottom (for scrolling commands).
1.638     nicm     1814: .Ql -no-clear
                   1815: variants do not clear the selection.
1.146     nicm     1816: .Pp
1.841     nicm     1817: The next and previous word keys skip over whitespace and treat consecutive
                   1818: runs of either word separators or other letters as words.
                   1819: Word separators can be customized with the
1.154     nicm     1820: .Em word-separators
1.255     nicm     1821: session option.
1.146     nicm     1822: Next word moves to the start of the next word, next word end to the end of the
                   1823: next word and previous word to the start of the previous word.
                   1824: The three next and previous space keys work similarly but use a space alone as
                   1825: the word separator.
1.841     nicm     1826: Setting
                   1827: .Em word-separators
                   1828: to the empty string makes next/previous word equivalent to next/previous space.
1.157     nicm     1829: .Pp
                   1830: The jump commands enable quick movement within a line.
                   1831: For instance, typing
                   1832: .Ql f
                   1833: followed by
                   1834: .Ql /
                   1835: will move the cursor to the next
                   1836: .Ql /
                   1837: character on the current line.
                   1838: A
                   1839: .Ql \&;
                   1840: will then jump to the next occurrence.
1.1       nicm     1841: .Pp
1.155     nicm     1842: Commands in copy mode may be prefaced by an optional repeat count.
                   1843: With vi key bindings, a prefix is entered using the number keys; with
                   1844: emacs, the Alt (meta) key and a number begins prefix entry.
                   1845: .Pp
1.164     nicm     1846: The synopsis for the
                   1847: .Ic copy-mode
                   1848: command is:
1.57      jmc      1849: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1850: .It Xo Ic copy-mode
1.720     nicm     1851: .Op Fl eHMqu
1.735     nicm     1852: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.72      nicm     1853: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      1854: .Xc
                   1855: Enter copy mode.
                   1856: The
                   1857: .Fl u
                   1858: option scrolls one page up.
1.419     nicm     1859: .Fl M
                   1860: begins a mouse drag (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      1861: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.716     nicm     1862: .Fl H
                   1863: hides the position indicator in the top right.
1.720     nicm     1864: .Fl q
                   1865: cancels copy mode and any other modes.
1.735     nicm     1866: .Fl s
                   1867: copies from
                   1868: .Ar src-pane
                   1869: instead of
1.736     nicm     1870: .Ar target-pane .
1.716     nicm     1871: .Pp
1.450     nicm     1872: .Fl e
                   1873: specifies that scrolling to the bottom of the history (to the visible screen)
                   1874: should exit copy mode.
                   1875: While in copy mode, pressing a key other than those used for scrolling will
                   1876: disable this behaviour.
                   1877: This is intended to allow fast scrolling through a pane's history, for
                   1878: example with:
                   1879: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1880: bind PageUp copy-mode -eu
                   1881: .Ed
1.57      jmc      1882: .El
1.18      nicm     1883: .Pp
1.679     nicm     1884: A number of preset arrangements of panes are available, these are called layouts.
1.38      nicm     1885: These may be selected with the
                   1886: .Ic select-layout
                   1887: command or cycled with
                   1888: .Ic next-layout
                   1889: (bound to
1.149     nicm     1890: .Ql Space
1.131     nicm     1891: by default); once a layout is chosen, panes within it may be moved and resized
                   1892: as normal.
1.1       nicm     1893: .Pp
                   1894: The following layouts are supported:
                   1895: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   1896: .It Ic even-horizontal
                   1897: Panes are spread out evenly from left to right across the window.
                   1898: .It Ic even-vertical
                   1899: Panes are spread evenly from top to bottom.
1.2       nicm     1900: .It Ic main-horizontal
1.131     nicm     1901: A large (main) pane is shown at the top of the window and the remaining panes
                   1902: are spread from left to right in the leftover space at the bottom.
1.2       nicm     1903: Use the
                   1904: .Em main-pane-height
                   1905: window option to specify the height of the top pane.
1.1       nicm     1906: .It Ic main-vertical
1.2       nicm     1907: Similar to
                   1908: .Ic main-horizontal
                   1909: but the large pane is placed on the left and the others spread from top to
                   1910: bottom along the right.
                   1911: See the
                   1912: .Em main-pane-width
                   1913: window option.
1.165     nicm     1914: .It Ic tiled
                   1915: Panes are spread out as evenly as possible over the window in both rows and
                   1916: columns.
1.1       nicm     1917: .El
1.8       nicm     1918: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1919: In addition,
                   1920: .Ic select-layout
                   1921: may be used to apply a previously used layout - the
                   1922: .Ic list-windows
                   1923: command displays the layout of each window in a form suitable for use with
                   1924: .Ic select-layout .
                   1925: For example:
                   1926: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   1927: $ tmux list-windows
                   1928: 0: ksh [159x48]
                   1929:     layout: bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
                   1930: $ tmux select-layout bb62,159x48,0,0{79x48,0,0,79x48,80,0}
                   1931: .Ed
1.196     nicm     1932: .Pp
1.181     nicm     1933: .Nm
                   1934: automatically adjusts the size of the layout for the current window size.
                   1935: Note that a layout cannot be applied to a window with more panes than that
                   1936: from which the layout was originally defined.
                   1937: .Pp
1.57      jmc      1938: Commands related to windows and panes are as follows:
                   1939: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       1940: .Tg breakp
1.57      jmc      1941: .It Xo Ic break-pane
1.784     nicm     1942: .Op Fl abdP
1.280     nicm     1943: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.532     nicm     1944: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
1.440     nicm     1945: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
1.480     nicm     1946: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
1.57      jmc      1947: .Xc
                   1948: .D1 (alias: Ic breakp )
                   1949: Break
1.440     nicm     1950: .Ar src-pane
                   1951: off from its containing window to make it the only pane in
                   1952: .Ar dst-window .
1.749     nicm     1953: With
1.784     nicm     1954: .Fl a
                   1955: or
                   1956: .Fl b ,
                   1957: the window is moved to the next index after or before (existing windows are
                   1958: moved if necessary).
1.57      jmc      1959: If
                   1960: .Fl d
                   1961: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.280     nicm     1962: The
                   1963: .Fl P
                   1964: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   1965: By default, it uses the format
1.798     nicm     1966: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}.#{pane_index}
1.280     nicm     1967: but a different format may be specified with
                   1968: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       1969: .Tg capturep
1.128     nicm     1970: .It Xo Ic capture-pane
1.680     nicm     1971: .Op Fl aepPqCJN
1.392     nicm     1972: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.213     nicm     1973: .Op Fl E Ar end-line
                   1974: .Op Fl S Ar start-line
1.128     nicm     1975: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   1976: .Xc
                   1977: .D1 (alias: Ic capturep )
1.322     nicm     1978: Capture the contents of a pane.
                   1979: If
                   1980: .Fl p
1.325     nicm     1981: is given, the output goes to stdout, otherwise to the buffer specified with
1.322     nicm     1982: .Fl b
                   1983: or a new buffer if omitted.
1.339     nicm     1984: If
                   1985: .Fl a
                   1986: is given, the alternate screen is used, and the history is not accessible.
1.340     nicm     1987: If no alternate screen exists, an error will be returned unless
                   1988: .Fl q
                   1989: is given.
1.326     nicm     1990: If
                   1991: .Fl e
1.328     nicm     1992: is given, the output includes escape sequences for text and background
                   1993: attributes.
                   1994: .Fl C
1.330     nicm     1995: also escapes non-printable characters as octal \exxx.
1.680     nicm     1996: .Fl N
                   1997: preserves trailing spaces at each line's end and
1.328     nicm     1998: .Fl J
1.680     nicm     1999: preserves trailing spaces and joins any wrapped lines.
1.346     nicm     2000: .Fl P
                   2001: captures only any output that the pane has received that is the beginning of an
                   2002: as-yet incomplete escape sequence.
1.213     nicm     2003: .Pp
                   2004: .Fl S
                   2005: and
                   2006: .Fl E
                   2007: specify the starting and ending line numbers, zero is the first line of the
                   2008: visible pane and negative numbers are lines in the history.
1.397     nicm     2009: .Ql -
                   2010: to
                   2011: .Fl S
                   2012: is the start of the history and to
                   2013: .Fl E
                   2014: the end of the visible pane.
1.213     nicm     2015: The default is to capture only the visible contents of the pane.
1.76      nicm     2016: .It Xo
                   2017: .Ic choose-client
1.682     nicm     2018: .Op Fl NrZ
1.572     nicm     2019: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2020: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2021: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2022: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2023: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2024: .Op Ar template
                   2025: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2026: Put a pane into client mode, allowing a client to be selected interactively from
                   2027: a list.
1.833     nicm     2028: Each client is shown on one line.
                   2029: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2030: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2031: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     2032: .Fl Z
                   2033: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2034: The following keys may be used in client mode:
                   2035: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2036: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2037: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected client"
                   2038: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous client"
                   2039: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next client"
1.559     nicm     2040: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2041: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2042: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if client is tagged"
                   2043: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no clients"
                   2044: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all clients"
                   2045: .It Li "d" Ta "Detach selected client"
                   2046: .It Li "D" Ta "Detach tagged clients"
                   2047: .It Li "x" Ta "Detach and HUP selected client"
                   2048: .It Li "X" Ta "Detach and HUP tagged clients"
                   2049: .It Li "z" Ta "Suspend selected client"
                   2050: .It Li "Z" Ta "Suspend tagged clients"
1.562     nicm     2051: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     2052: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2053: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2054: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2055: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2056: .El
                   2057: .Pp
1.76      nicm     2058: After a client is chosen,
                   2059: .Ql %%
1.555     nicm     2060: is replaced by the client name in
1.76      nicm     2061: .Ar template
                   2062: and the result executed as a command.
                   2063: If
                   2064: .Ar template
                   2065: is not given, "detach-client -t '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     2066: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2067: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2068: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2069: .Ql name ,
                   2070: .Ql size ,
                   2071: .Ql creation ,
                   2072: or
                   2073: .Ql activity .
1.682     nicm     2074: .Fl r
                   2075: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2076: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2077: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2078: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2079: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2080: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2081: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   2082: .Fl K
                   2083: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2084: .Fl N
                   2085: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     2086: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.76      nicm     2087: .It Xo
1.555     nicm     2088: .Ic choose-tree
1.682     nicm     2089: .Op Fl GNrswZ
1.572     nicm     2090: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     2091: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     2092: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     2093: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     2094: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.76      nicm     2095: .Op Ar template
                   2096: .Xc
1.555     nicm     2097: Put a pane into tree mode, where a session, window or pane may be chosen
1.833     nicm     2098: interactively from a tree.
                   2099: Each session, window or pane is shown on one line.
                   2100: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   2101: or the tree may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   2102: the keys below.
1.298     nicm     2103: .Fl s
1.555     nicm     2104: starts with sessions collapsed and
1.298     nicm     2105: .Fl w
1.555     nicm     2106: with windows collapsed.
1.593     nicm     2107: .Fl Z
                   2108: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2109: The following keys may be used in tree mode:
                   2110: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2111: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2112: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   2113: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2114: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
1.763     nicm     2115: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2116: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2117: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2118: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
1.594     nicm     2119: .It Li "x" Ta "Kill selected item"
                   2120: .It Li "X" Ta "Kill tagged items"
1.566     nicm     2121: .It Li "<" Ta "Scroll list of previews left"
                   2122: .It Li ">" Ta "Scroll list of previews right"
1.559     nicm     2123: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
1.749     nicm     2124: .It Li "m" Ta "Set the marked pane"
                   2125: .It Li "M" Ta "Clear the marked pane"
1.559     nicm     2126: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     2127: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2128: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2129: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
1.557     nicm     2130: .It Li "\&:" Ta "Run a command for each tagged item"
1.555     nicm     2131: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.749     nicm     2132: .It Li "H" Ta "Jump to the starting pane"
1.682     nicm     2133: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   2134: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     2135: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     2136: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2137: .El
1.320     nicm     2138: .Pp
1.844     nicm     2139: After a session, window or pane is chosen, the first instance of
1.76      nicm     2140: .Ql %%
1.844     nicm     2141: and all instances of
                   2142: .Ql %1
                   2143: are replaced by the target in
1.76      nicm     2144: .Ar template
                   2145: and the result executed as a command.
                   2146: If
                   2147: .Ar template
1.555     nicm     2148: is not given, "switch-client -t '%%'" is used.
                   2149: .Pp
1.561     nicm     2150: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     2151: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     2152: .Ql index ,
                   2153: .Ql name ,
                   2154: or
                   2155: .Ql time .
1.682     nicm     2156: .Fl r
                   2157: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     2158: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     2159: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2160: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2161: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     2162: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     2163: specifies the format for each item in the tree and
                   2164: .Fl K
                   2165: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     2166: .Fl N
                   2167: starts without the preview.
1.586     nicm     2168: .Fl G
                   2169: includes all sessions in any session groups in the tree rather than only the
                   2170: first.
1.766     nicm     2171: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
                   2172: .It Xo
                   2173: .Ic customize-mode
                   2174: .Op Fl NZ
                   2175: .Op Fl F Ar format
                   2176: .Op Fl f Ar filter
                   2177: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2178: .Op Ar template
                   2179: .Xc
                   2180: Put a pane into customize mode, where options and key bindings may be browsed
                   2181: and modified from a list.
                   2182: Option values in the list are shown for the active pane in the current window.
                   2183: .Fl Z
                   2184: zooms the pane.
                   2185: The following keys may be used in customize mode:
                   2186: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   2187: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   2188: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Set pane, window, session or global option value"
                   2189: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   2190: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   2191: .It Li "+" Ta "Expand selected item"
                   2192: .It Li "-" Ta "Collapse selected item"
                   2193: .It Li "M-+" Ta "Expand all items"
                   2194: .It Li "M--" Ta "Collapse all items"
                   2195: .It Li "s" Ta "Set option value or key attribute"
                   2196: .It Li "S" Ta "Set global option value"
                   2197: .It Li "w" Ta "Set window option value, if option is for pane and window"
1.785     nicm     2198: .It Li "d" Ta "Set an option or key to the default"
                   2199: .It Li "D" Ta "Set tagged options and tagged keys to the default"
1.766     nicm     2200: .It Li "u" Ta "Unset an option (set to default value if global) or unbind a key"
                   2201: .It Li "U" Ta "Unset tagged options and unbind tagged keys"
                   2202: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name"
                   2203: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
                   2204: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if item is tagged"
                   2205: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no items"
                   2206: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all items"
                   2207: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
                   2208: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle option information"
                   2209: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   2210: .El
                   2211: .Pp
                   2212: .Fl f
                   2213: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   2214: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   2215: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
                   2216: .Fl F
                   2217: specifies the format for each item in the tree.
                   2218: .Fl N
                   2219: starts without the option information.
1.314     nicm     2220: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.491     nicm     2221: .It Xo
1.858     kn       2222: .Tg displayp
1.491     nicm     2223: .Ic display-panes
1.804     nicm     2224: .Op Fl bN
1.573     nicm     2225: .Op Fl d Ar duration
1.491     nicm     2226: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   2227: .Op Ar template
                   2228: .Xc
1.398     nicm     2229: .D1 (alias: Ic displayp )
1.78      nicm     2230: Display a visible indicator of each pane shown by
                   2231: .Ar target-client .
                   2232: See the
1.573     nicm     2233: .Ic display-panes-colour
1.78      nicm     2234: and
1.145     nicm     2235: .Ic display-panes-active-colour
1.78      nicm     2236: session options.
1.804     nicm     2237: The indicator is closed when a key is pressed (unless
1.805     nicm     2238: .Fl N
                   2239: is given) or
1.573     nicm     2240: .Ar duration
                   2241: milliseconds have passed.
                   2242: If
                   2243: .Fl d
                   2244: is not given,
                   2245: .Ic display-panes-time
                   2246: is used.
                   2247: A duration of zero means the indicator stays until a key is pressed.
1.491     nicm     2248: While the indicator is on screen, a pane may be chosen with the
1.84      nicm     2249: .Ql 0
                   2250: to
                   2251: .Ql 9
1.491     nicm     2252: keys, which will cause
                   2253: .Ar template
                   2254: to be executed as a command with
                   2255: .Ql %%
                   2256: substituted by the pane ID.
                   2257: The default
                   2258: .Ar template
                   2259: is "select-pane -t '%%'".
1.616     nicm     2260: With
                   2261: .Fl b ,
                   2262: other commands are not blocked from running until the indicator is closed.
1.858     kn       2263: .Tg findw
1.57      jmc      2264: .It Xo Ic find-window
1.775     nicm     2265: .Op Fl iCNrTZ
1.555     nicm     2266: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2267: .Ar match-string
                   2268: .Xc
                   2269: .D1 (alias: Ic findw )
1.670     nicm     2270: Search for a
1.57      jmc      2271: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.670     nicm     2272: pattern or, with
                   2273: .Fl r ,
                   2274: regular expression
1.57      jmc      2275: .Ar match-string
                   2276: in window names, titles, and visible content (but not history).
1.285     nicm     2277: The flags control matching behavior:
                   2278: .Fl C
                   2279: matches only visible window contents,
                   2280: .Fl N
                   2281: matches only the window name and
                   2282: .Fl T
                   2283: matches only the window title.
1.775     nicm     2284: .Fl i
                   2285: makes the search ignore case.
1.285     nicm     2286: The default is
                   2287: .Fl CNT .
1.608     nicm     2288: .Fl Z
                   2289: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     2290: .Pp
1.314     nicm     2291: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       2292: .Tg joinp
1.137     nicm     2293: .It Xo Ic join-pane
1.697     nicm     2294: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2295: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.137     nicm     2296: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2297: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2298: .Xc
                   2299: .D1 (alias: Ic joinp )
                   2300: Like
                   2301: .Ic split-window ,
                   2302: but instead of splitting
                   2303: .Ar dst-pane
                   2304: and creating a new pane, split it and move
                   2305: .Ar src-pane
                   2306: into the space.
                   2307: This can be used to reverse
                   2308: .Ic break-pane .
1.277     nicm     2309: The
                   2310: .Fl b
                   2311: option causes
                   2312: .Ar src-pane
                   2313: to be joined to left of or above
                   2314: .Ar dst-pane .
1.432     nicm     2315: .Pp
                   2316: If
                   2317: .Fl s
                   2318: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2319: .Ic select-pane
                   2320: .Fl m ) ,
                   2321: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2322: .Tg killp
1.112     nicm     2323: .It Xo Ic kill-pane
                   2324: .Op Fl a
                   2325: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2326: .Xc
1.57      jmc      2327: .D1 (alias: Ic killp )
                   2328: Destroy the given pane.
                   2329: If no panes remain in the containing window, it is also destroyed.
1.112     nicm     2330: The
                   2331: .Fl a
                   2332: option kills all but the pane given with
                   2333: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2334: .Tg killw
1.289     nicm     2335: .It Xo Ic kill-window
                   2336: .Op Fl a
                   2337: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2338: .Xc
1.57      jmc      2339: .D1 (alias: Ic killw )
                   2340: Kill the current window or the window at
                   2341: .Ar target-window ,
1.1       nicm     2342: removing it from any sessions to which it is linked.
1.289     nicm     2343: The
                   2344: .Fl a
                   2345: option kills all but the window given with
                   2346: .Fl t .
1.858     kn       2347: .Tg lastp
1.398     nicm     2348: .It Xo Ic last-pane
1.681     nicm     2349: .Op Fl deZ
1.398     nicm     2350: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2351: .Xc
1.187     nicm     2352: .D1 (alias: Ic lastp )
                   2353: Select the last (previously selected) pane.
1.681     nicm     2354: .Fl Z
                   2355: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.398     nicm     2356: .Fl e
                   2357: enables or
                   2358: .Fl d
                   2359: disables input to the pane.
1.858     kn       2360: .Tg last
1.56      jmc      2361: .It Ic last-window Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.1       nicm     2362: .D1 (alias: Ic last )
                   2363: Select the last (previously selected) window.
                   2364: If no
                   2365: .Ar target-session
                   2366: is specified, select the last window of the current session.
1.858     kn       2367: .Tg link
1.1       nicm     2368: .It Xo Ic link-window
1.784     nicm     2369: .Op Fl abdk
1.1       nicm     2370: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2371: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2372: .Xc
                   2373: .D1 (alias: Ic linkw )
                   2374: Link the window at
                   2375: .Ar src-window
                   2376: to the specified
                   2377: .Ar dst-window .
                   2378: If
                   2379: .Ar dst-window
                   2380: is specified and no such window exists, the
                   2381: .Ar src-window
                   2382: is linked there.
1.439     nicm     2383: With
1.784     nicm     2384: .Fl a
                   2385: or
                   2386: .Fl b
                   2387: the window is moved to the next index after or before
                   2388: .Ar dst-window
                   2389: (existing windows are moved if necessary).
1.1       nicm     2390: If
                   2391: .Fl k
                   2392: is given and
                   2393: .Ar dst-window
                   2394: exists, it is killed, otherwise an error is generated.
                   2395: If
                   2396: .Fl d
                   2397: is given, the newly linked window is not selected.
1.858     kn       2398: .Tg lsp
1.214     nicm     2399: .It Xo Ic list-panes
                   2400: .Op Fl as
1.245     nicm     2401: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2402: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2403: .Op Fl t Ar target
                   2404: .Xc
1.104     nicm     2405: .D1 (alias: Ic lsp )
1.214     nicm     2406: If
                   2407: .Fl a
                   2408: is given,
                   2409: .Ar target
                   2410: is ignored and all panes on the server are listed.
                   2411: If
                   2412: .Fl s
                   2413: is given,
                   2414: .Ar target
                   2415: is a session (or the current session).
                   2416: If neither is given,
                   2417: .Ar target
                   2418: is a window (or the current window).
1.247     nicm     2419: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2420: specifies the format of each line and
                   2421: .Fl f
                   2422: a filter.
                   2423: Only panes for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2424: See the
1.247     nicm     2425: .Sx FORMATS
                   2426: section.
1.858     kn       2427: .Tg lsw
1.214     nicm     2428: .It Xo Ic list-windows
                   2429: .Op Fl a
1.245     nicm     2430: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     2431: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.214     nicm     2432: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2433: .Xc
1.1       nicm     2434: .D1 (alias: Ic lsw )
1.214     nicm     2435: If
                   2436: .Fl a
                   2437: is given, list all windows on the server.
                   2438: Otherwise, list windows in the current session or in
1.1       nicm     2439: .Ar target-session .
1.245     nicm     2440: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     2441: specifies the format of each line and
                   2442: .Fl f
                   2443: a filter.
                   2444: Only windows for which the filter is true are shown.
                   2445: See the
1.245     nicm     2446: .Sx FORMATS
                   2447: section.
1.858     kn       2448: .Tg movep
1.277     nicm     2449: .It Xo Ic move-pane
1.749     nicm     2450: .Op Fl bdfhv
1.690     nicm     2451: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.277     nicm     2452: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2453: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2454: .Xc
                   2455: .D1 (alias: Ic movep )
1.749     nicm     2456: Does the same as
                   2457: .Ic join-pane .
1.858     kn       2458: .Tg movew
1.1       nicm     2459: .It Xo Ic move-window
1.784     nicm     2460: .Op Fl abrdk
1.1       nicm     2461: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2462: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2463: .Xc
                   2464: .D1 (alias: Ic movew )
                   2465: This is similar to
                   2466: .Ic link-window ,
                   2467: except the window at
                   2468: .Ar src-window
                   2469: is moved to
                   2470: .Ar dst-window .
1.291     nicm     2471: With
                   2472: .Fl r ,
                   2473: all windows in the session are renumbered in sequential order, respecting
                   2474: the
                   2475: .Ic base-index
                   2476: option.
1.858     kn       2477: .Tg neww
1.1       nicm     2478: .It Xo Ic new-window
1.817     nicm     2479: .Op Fl abdkPS
1.272     nicm     2480: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2481: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.351     nicm     2482: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.1       nicm     2483: .Op Fl n Ar window-name
                   2484: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2485: .Op Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2486: .Xc
                   2487: .D1 (alias: Ic neww )
                   2488: Create a new window.
1.160     nicm     2489: With
1.784     nicm     2490: .Fl a
                   2491: or
                   2492: .Fl b ,
                   2493: the new window is inserted at the next index after or before the specified
1.160     nicm     2494: .Ar target-window ,
1.784     nicm     2495: moving windows up if necessary;
1.160     nicm     2496: otherwise
                   2497: .Ar target-window
                   2498: is the new window location.
                   2499: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2500: If
                   2501: .Fl d
                   2502: is given, the session does not make the new window the current window.
                   2503: .Ar target-window
1.28      nicm     2504: represents the window to be created; if the target already exists an error is
                   2505: shown, unless the
                   2506: .Fl k
                   2507: flag is used, in which case it is destroyed.
1.817     nicm     2508: If
                   2509: .Fl S
                   2510: is given and a window named
                   2511: .Ar window-name
                   2512: already exists, it is selected (unless
                   2513: .Fl d
                   2514: is also given in which case the command does nothing).
                   2515: .Pp
1.153     nicm     2516: .Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     2517: is the command to execute.
                   2518: If
1.153     nicm     2519: .Ar shell-command
                   2520: is not specified, the value of the
                   2521: .Ic default-command
                   2522: option is used.
1.272     nicm     2523: .Fl c
                   2524: specifies the working directory in which the new window is created.
1.153     nicm     2525: .Pp
                   2526: When the shell command completes, the window closes.
                   2527: See the
                   2528: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2529: option to change this behaviour.
1.1       nicm     2530: .Pp
1.641     nicm     2531: .Fl e
                   2532: takes the form
                   2533: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   2534: and sets an environment variable for the newly created window; it may be
                   2535: specified multiple times.
                   2536: .Pp
1.1       nicm     2537: The
                   2538: .Ev TERM
                   2539: environment variable must be set to
1.523     nicm     2540: .Ql screen
                   2541: or
                   2542: .Ql tmux
1.1       nicm     2543: for all programs running
                   2544: .Em inside
                   2545: .Nm .
                   2546: New windows will automatically have
1.523     nicm     2547: .Ql TERM=screen
1.1       nicm     2548: added to their environment, but care must be taken not to reset this in shell
1.641     nicm     2549: start-up files or by the
                   2550: .Fl e
                   2551: option.
1.201     nicm     2552: .Pp
                   2553: The
                   2554: .Fl P
1.279     nicm     2555: option prints information about the new window after it has been created.
                   2556: By default, it uses the format
                   2557: .Ql #{session_name}:#{window_index}
                   2558: but a different format may be specified with
                   2559: .Fl F .
1.858     kn       2560: .Tg nextl
1.56      jmc      2561: .It Ic next-layout Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.1       nicm     2562: .D1 (alias: Ic nextl )
                   2563: Move a window to the next layout and rearrange the panes to fit.
1.858     kn       2564: .Tg next
1.1       nicm     2565: .It Xo Ic next-window
1.9       nicm     2566: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2567: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2568: .Xc
                   2569: .D1 (alias: Ic next )
                   2570: Move to the next window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2571: If
1.12      jmc      2572: .Fl a
1.295     nicm     2573: is used, move to the next window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2574: .Tg pipep
1.107     nicm     2575: .It Xo Ic pipe-pane
1.591     nicm     2576: .Op Fl IOo
1.107     nicm     2577: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2578: .Op Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2579: .Xc
                   2580: .D1 (alias: Ic pipep )
1.591     nicm     2581: Pipe output sent by the program in
1.107     nicm     2582: .Ar target-pane
1.591     nicm     2583: to a shell command or vice versa.
                   2584: A pane may only be connected to one command at a time, any existing pipe is
1.107     nicm     2585: closed before
1.153     nicm     2586: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2587: is executed.
1.174     nicm     2588: The
                   2589: .Ar shell-command
                   2590: string may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   2591: .Ic status-left
1.231     nicm     2592: option.
1.107     nicm     2593: If no
1.153     nicm     2594: .Ar shell-command
1.107     nicm     2595: is given, the current pipe (if any) is closed.
1.591     nicm     2596: .Pp
                   2597: .Fl I
                   2598: and
                   2599: .Fl O
                   2600: specify which of the
                   2601: .Ar shell-command
                   2602: output streams are connected to the pane:
                   2603: with
                   2604: .Fl I
                   2605: stdout is connected (so anything
                   2606: .Ar shell-command
                   2607: prints is written to the pane as if it were typed);
                   2608: with
                   2609: .Fl O
                   2610: stdin is connected (so any output in the pane is piped to
                   2611: .Ar shell-command ) .
                   2612: Both may be used together and if neither are specified,
                   2613: .Fl O
                   2614: is used.
1.107     nicm     2615: .Pp
                   2616: The
                   2617: .Fl o
                   2618: option only opens a new pipe if no previous pipe exists, allowing a pipe to
                   2619: be toggled with a single key, for example:
                   2620: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.174     nicm     2621: bind-key C-p pipe-pane -o 'cat >>~/output.#I-#P'
1.107     nicm     2622: .Ed
1.858     kn       2623: .Tg prevl
1.176     nicm     2624: .It Xo Ic previous-layout
                   2625: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2626: .Xc
                   2627: .D1 (alias: Ic prevl )
                   2628: Move to the previous layout in the session.
1.858     kn       2629: .Tg prev
1.1       nicm     2630: .It Xo Ic previous-window
1.9       nicm     2631: .Op Fl a
1.1       nicm     2632: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   2633: .Xc
                   2634: .D1 (alias: Ic prev )
                   2635: Move to the previous window in the session.
1.9       nicm     2636: With
                   2637: .Fl a ,
1.295     nicm     2638: move to the previous window with an alert.
1.858     kn       2639: .Tg renamew
1.1       nicm     2640: .It Xo Ic rename-window
                   2641: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2642: .Ar new-name
                   2643: .Xc
                   2644: .D1 (alias: Ic renamew )
                   2645: Rename the current window, or the window at
                   2646: .Ar target-window
                   2647: if specified, to
                   2648: .Ar new-name .
1.858     kn       2649: .Tg resizep
1.1       nicm     2650: .It Xo Ic resize-pane
1.727     nicm     2651: .Op Fl DLMRTUZ
1.52      nicm     2652: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.324     nicm     2653: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2654: .Op Fl y Ar height
1.1       nicm     2655: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2656: .Xc
                   2657: .D1 (alias: Ic resizep )
1.324     nicm     2658: Resize a pane, up, down, left or right by
                   2659: .Ar adjustment
                   2660: with
                   2661: .Fl U ,
1.57      jmc      2662: .Fl D ,
                   2663: .Fl L
1.324     nicm     2664: or
                   2665: .Fl R ,
                   2666: or
                   2667: to an absolute size
                   2668: with
                   2669: .Fl x
                   2670: or
                   2671: .Fl y .
1.57      jmc      2672: The
                   2673: .Ar adjustment
1.690     nicm     2674: is given in lines or columns (the default is 1);
                   2675: .Fl x
                   2676: and
                   2677: .Fl y
                   2678: may be a given as a number of lines or columns or followed by
                   2679: .Ql %
                   2680: for a percentage of the window size (for example
                   2681: .Ql -x 10% ) .
1.337     nicm     2682: With
                   2683: .Fl Z ,
1.349     nicm     2684: the active pane is toggled between zoomed (occupying the whole of the window)
                   2685: and unzoomed (its normal position in the layout).
1.419     nicm     2686: .Pp
                   2687: .Fl M
                   2688: begins mouse resizing (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      2689: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.729     nicm     2690: .Pp
                   2691: .Fl T
1.727     nicm     2692: trims all lines below the current cursor position and moves lines out of the
                   2693: history to replace them.
1.858     kn       2694: .Tg resizew
1.629     nicm     2695: .It Xo Ic resize-window
                   2696: .Op Fl aADLRU
                   2697: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2698: .Op Fl x Ar width
                   2699: .Op Fl y Ar height
                   2700: .Op Ar adjustment
                   2701: .Xc
                   2702: .D1 (alias: Ic resizew )
                   2703: Resize a window, up, down, left or right by
                   2704: .Ar adjustment
                   2705: with
                   2706: .Fl U ,
                   2707: .Fl D ,
                   2708: .Fl L
                   2709: or
                   2710: .Fl R ,
                   2711: or
                   2712: to an absolute size
                   2713: with
                   2714: .Fl x
                   2715: or
                   2716: .Fl y .
                   2717: The
                   2718: .Ar adjustment
                   2719: is given in lines or cells (the default is 1).
                   2720: .Fl A
                   2721: sets the size of the largest session containing the window;
                   2722: .Fl a
                   2723: the size of the smallest.
                   2724: This command will automatically set
                   2725: .Ic window-size
                   2726: to manual in the window options.
1.858     kn       2727: .Tg respawnp
1.234     nicm     2728: .It Xo Ic respawn-pane
1.641     nicm     2729: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2730: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2731: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.234     nicm     2732: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2733: .Op Ar shell-command
                   2734: .Xc
                   2735: .D1 (alias: Ic respawnp )
                   2736: Reactivate a pane in which the command has exited (see the
                   2737: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2738: window option).
                   2739: If
                   2740: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2741: is not given, the command used when the pane was created or last respawned is
                   2742: executed.
1.234     nicm     2743: The pane must be already inactive, unless
                   2744: .Fl k
                   2745: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2746: .Fl c
                   2747: specifies a new working directory for the pane.
1.641     nicm     2748: The
                   2749: .Fl e
                   2750: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2751: .Ic new-window
                   2752: command.
1.858     kn       2753: .Tg respawnw
1.57      jmc      2754: .It Xo Ic respawn-window
1.641     nicm     2755: .Op Fl k
1.568     nicm     2756: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2757: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.57      jmc      2758: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
1.153     nicm     2759: .Op Ar shell-command
1.57      jmc      2760: .Xc
                   2761: .D1 (alias: Ic respawnw )
1.153     nicm     2762: Reactivate a window in which the command has exited (see the
1.57      jmc      2763: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   2764: window option).
                   2765: If
1.153     nicm     2766: .Ar shell-command
1.777     nicm     2767: is not given, the command used when the window was created or last respawned is
                   2768: executed.
1.57      jmc      2769: The window must be already inactive, unless
                   2770: .Fl k
                   2771: is given, in which case any existing command is killed.
1.568     nicm     2772: .Fl c
                   2773: specifies a new working directory for the window.
1.641     nicm     2774: The
                   2775: .Fl e
                   2776: option has the same meaning as for the
                   2777: .Ic new-window
                   2778: command.
1.858     kn       2779: .Tg rotatew
1.57      jmc      2780: .It Xo Ic rotate-window
1.681     nicm     2781: .Op Fl DUZ
1.57      jmc      2782: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2783: .Xc
                   2784: .D1 (alias: Ic rotatew )
                   2785: Rotate the positions of the panes within a window, either upward (numerically
                   2786: lower) with
                   2787: .Fl U
                   2788: or downward (numerically higher).
1.681     nicm     2789: .Fl Z
                   2790: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.858     kn       2791: .Tg selectl
1.57      jmc      2792: .It Xo Ic select-layout
1.588     nicm     2793: .Op Fl Enop
                   2794: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      2795: .Op Ar layout-name
                   2796: .Xc
1.176     nicm     2797: .D1 (alias: Ic selectl )
1.57      jmc      2798: Choose a specific layout for a window.
                   2799: If
                   2800: .Ar layout-name
1.181     nicm     2801: is not given, the last preset layout used (if any) is reapplied.
1.204     nicm     2802: .Fl n
                   2803: and
                   2804: .Fl p
                   2805: are equivalent to the
                   2806: .Ic next-layout
                   2807: and
                   2808: .Ic previous-layout
                   2809: commands.
1.424     nicm     2810: .Fl o
                   2811: applies the last set layout if possible (undoes the most recent layout change).
1.588     nicm     2812: .Fl E
                   2813: spreads the current pane and any panes next to it out evenly.
1.858     kn       2814: .Tg selectp
1.156     nicm     2815: .It Xo Ic select-pane
1.681     nicm     2816: .Op Fl DdeLlMmRUZ
1.577     nicm     2817: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.156     nicm     2818: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   2819: .Xc
1.57      jmc      2820: .D1 (alias: Ic selectp )
                   2821: Make pane
                   2822: .Ar target-pane
1.774     nicm     2823: the active pane in its window.
1.156     nicm     2824: If one of
                   2825: .Fl D ,
                   2826: .Fl L ,
                   2827: .Fl R ,
                   2828: or
                   2829: .Fl U
                   2830: is used, respectively the pane below, to the left, to the right, or above the
                   2831: target pane is used.
1.681     nicm     2832: .Fl Z
                   2833: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.204     nicm     2834: .Fl l
                   2835: is the same as using the
                   2836: .Ic last-pane
                   2837: command.
1.398     nicm     2838: .Fl e
                   2839: enables or
                   2840: .Fl d
                   2841: disables input to the pane.
1.668     nicm     2842: .Fl T
                   2843: sets the pane title.
1.418     nicm     2844: .Pp
1.432     nicm     2845: .Fl m
                   2846: and
                   2847: .Fl M
                   2848: are used to set and clear the
                   2849: .Em marked pane .
                   2850: There is one marked pane at a time, setting a new marked pane clears the last.
                   2851: The marked pane is the default target for
                   2852: .Fl s
                   2853: to
                   2854: .Ic join-pane ,
1.783     nicm     2855: .Ic move-pane ,
1.432     nicm     2856: .Ic swap-pane
                   2857: and
                   2858: .Ic swap-window .
1.858     kn       2859: .Tg selectw
1.204     nicm     2860: .It Xo Ic select-window
1.310     nicm     2861: .Op Fl lnpT
1.204     nicm     2862: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2863: .Xc
1.57      jmc      2864: .D1 (alias: Ic selectw )
                   2865: Select the window at
                   2866: .Ar target-window .
1.204     nicm     2867: .Fl l ,
                   2868: .Fl n
                   2869: and
                   2870: .Fl p
                   2871: are equivalent to the
                   2872: .Ic last-window ,
                   2873: .Ic next-window
                   2874: and
                   2875: .Ic previous-window
                   2876: commands.
1.310     nicm     2877: If
                   2878: .Fl T
                   2879: is given and the selected window is already the current window,
                   2880: the command behaves like
                   2881: .Ic last-window .
1.858     kn       2882: .Tg splitw
1.57      jmc      2883: .It Xo Ic split-window
1.828     nicm     2884: .Op Fl bdfhIvPZ
1.272     nicm     2885: .Op Fl c Ar start-directory
1.641     nicm     2886: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.690     nicm     2887: .Op Fl l Ar size
1.136     nicm     2888: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.153     nicm     2889: .Op Ar shell-command
1.279     nicm     2890: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.57      jmc      2891: .Xc
1.176     nicm     2892: .D1 (alias: Ic splitw )
1.136     nicm     2893: Create a new pane by splitting
                   2894: .Ar target-pane :
1.57      jmc      2895: .Fl h
                   2896: does a horizontal split and
                   2897: .Fl v
                   2898: a vertical split; if neither is specified,
                   2899: .Fl v
                   2900: is assumed.
                   2901: The
                   2902: .Fl l
1.690     nicm     2903: option specifies the size of the new pane in lines (for vertical split) or in
                   2904: columns (for horizontal split);
                   2905: .Ar size
                   2906: may be followed by
                   2907: .Ql %
                   2908: to specify a percentage of the available space.
1.408     nicm     2909: The
                   2910: .Fl b
                   2911: option causes the new pane to be created to the left of or above
                   2912: .Ar target-pane .
1.494     nicm     2913: The
                   2914: .Fl f
                   2915: option creates a new pane spanning the full window height (with
                   2916: .Fl h )
                   2917: or full window width (with
                   2918: .Fl v ) ,
                   2919: instead of splitting the active pane.
1.828     nicm     2920: .Fl Z
                   2921: zooms if the window is not zoomed, or keeps it zoomed if already zoomed.
1.643     nicm     2922: .Pp
                   2923: An empty
                   2924: .Ar shell-command
                   2925: ('') will create a pane with no command running in it.
                   2926: Output can be sent to such a pane with the
                   2927: .Ic display-message
                   2928: command.
                   2929: The
                   2930: .Fl I
                   2931: flag (if
                   2932: .Ar shell-command
                   2933: is not specified or empty)
                   2934: will create an empty pane and forward any output from stdin to it.
                   2935: For example:
                   2936: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   2937: $ make 2>&1|tmux splitw -dI &
                   2938: .Ed
                   2939: .Pp
1.136     nicm     2940: All other options have the same meaning as for the
1.57      jmc      2941: .Ic new-window
                   2942: command.
1.858     kn       2943: .Tg swapp
1.57      jmc      2944: .It Xo Ic swap-pane
1.681     nicm     2945: .Op Fl dDUZ
1.57      jmc      2946: .Op Fl s Ar src-pane
                   2947: .Op Fl t Ar dst-pane
                   2948: .Xc
                   2949: .D1 (alias: Ic swapp )
                   2950: Swap two panes.
                   2951: If
                   2952: .Fl U
                   2953: is used and no source pane is specified with
                   2954: .Fl s ,
                   2955: .Ar dst-pane
                   2956: is swapped with the previous pane (before it numerically);
                   2957: .Fl D
                   2958: swaps with the next pane (after it numerically).
1.138     nicm     2959: .Fl d
                   2960: instructs
                   2961: .Nm
1.681     nicm     2962: not to change the active pane and
                   2963: .Fl Z
                   2964: keeps the window zoomed if it was zoomed.
1.432     nicm     2965: .Pp
                   2966: If
                   2967: .Fl s
                   2968: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2969: .Ic select-pane
                   2970: .Fl m ) ,
                   2971: the marked pane is used rather than the current pane.
1.858     kn       2972: .Tg swapw
1.57      jmc      2973: .It Xo Ic swap-window
                   2974: .Op Fl d
                   2975: .Op Fl s Ar src-window
                   2976: .Op Fl t Ar dst-window
                   2977: .Xc
                   2978: .D1 (alias: Ic swapw )
                   2979: This is similar to
                   2980: .Ic link-window ,
                   2981: except the source and destination windows are swapped.
                   2982: It is an error if no window exists at
                   2983: .Ar src-window .
1.705     nicm     2984: If
                   2985: .Fl d
                   2986: is given, the new window does not become the current window.
1.432     nicm     2987: .Pp
1.705     nicm     2988: If
1.432     nicm     2989: .Fl s
                   2990: is omitted and a marked pane is present (see
                   2991: .Ic select-pane
                   2992: .Fl m ) ,
                   2993: the window containing the marked pane is used rather than the current window.
1.858     kn       2994: .Tg unlinkw
1.57      jmc      2995: .It Xo Ic unlink-window
1.1       nicm     2996: .Op Fl k
                   2997: .Op Fl t Ar target-window
                   2998: .Xc
1.57      jmc      2999: .D1 (alias: Ic unlinkw )
                   3000: Unlink
                   3001: .Ar target-window .
                   3002: Unless
                   3003: .Fl k
                   3004: is given, a window may be unlinked only if it is linked to multiple sessions -
                   3005: windows may not be linked to no sessions;
                   3006: if
1.1       nicm     3007: .Fl k
1.57      jmc      3008: is specified and the window is linked to only one session, it is unlinked and
                   3009: destroyed.
                   3010: .El
                   3011: .Sh KEY BINDINGS
1.93      nicm     3012: .Nm
                   3013: allows a command to be bound to most keys, with or without a prefix key.
                   3014: When specifying keys, most represent themselves (for example
                   3015: .Ql A
                   3016: to
1.95      jmc      3017: .Ql Z ) .
1.93      nicm     3018: Ctrl keys may be prefixed with
                   3019: .Ql C-
                   3020: or
1.95      jmc      3021: .Ql ^ ,
1.838     nicm     3022: Shift keys with
                   3023: .Ql S-
1.95      jmc      3024: and Alt (meta) with
1.93      nicm     3025: .Ql M- .
                   3026: In addition, the following special key names are accepted:
1.126     nicm     3027: .Em Up ,
                   3028: .Em Down ,
                   3029: .Em Left ,
                   3030: .Em Right ,
1.93      nicm     3031: .Em BSpace ,
                   3032: .Em BTab ,
                   3033: .Em DC
                   3034: (Delete),
                   3035: .Em End ,
                   3036: .Em Enter ,
                   3037: .Em Escape ,
                   3038: .Em F1
                   3039: to
1.402     nicm     3040: .Em F12 ,
1.93      nicm     3041: .Em Home ,
                   3042: .Em IC
                   3043: (Insert),
1.254     nicm     3044: .Em NPage/PageDown/PgDn ,
                   3045: .Em PPage/PageUp/PgUp ,
1.93      nicm     3046: .Em Space ,
                   3047: and
                   3048: .Em Tab .
                   3049: Note that to bind the
                   3050: .Ql \&"
                   3051: or
                   3052: .Ql '
                   3053: keys, quotation marks are necessary, for example:
                   3054: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3055: bind-key '"' split-window
1.167     nicm     3056: bind-key "'" new-window
1.93      nicm     3057: .Ed
1.693     nicm     3058: .Pp
                   3059: A command bound to the
                   3060: .Em Any
                   3061: key will execute for all keys which do not have a more specific binding.
1.93      nicm     3062: .Pp
1.57      jmc      3063: Commands related to key bindings are as follows:
                   3064: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3065: .Tg bind
1.57      jmc      3066: .It Xo Ic bind-key
1.501     nicm     3067: .Op Fl nr
1.706     nicm     3068: .Op Fl N Ar note
1.421     nicm     3069: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.750     jmc      3070: .Ar key command Op Ar arguments
1.1       nicm     3071: .Xc
1.57      jmc      3072: .D1 (alias: Ic bind )
                   3073: Bind key
                   3074: .Ar key
                   3075: to
                   3076: .Ar command .
1.421     nicm     3077: Keys are bound in a key table.
                   3078: By default (without -T), the key is bound in
                   3079: the
                   3080: .Em prefix
                   3081: key table.
                   3082: This table is used for keys pressed after the prefix key (for example,
                   3083: by default
                   3084: .Ql c
                   3085: is bound to
                   3086: .Ic new-window
                   3087: in the
                   3088: .Em prefix
                   3089: table, so
                   3090: .Ql C-b c
                   3091: creates a new window).
                   3092: The
                   3093: .Em root
                   3094: table is used for keys pressed without the prefix key: binding
                   3095: .Ql c
                   3096: to
                   3097: .Ic new-window
                   3098: in the
                   3099: .Em root
                   3100: table (not recommended) means a plain
                   3101: .Ql c
                   3102: will create a new window.
1.57      jmc      3103: .Fl n
1.421     nicm     3104: is an alias
                   3105: for
                   3106: .Fl T Ar root .
                   3107: Keys may also be bound in custom key tables and the
                   3108: .Ic switch-client
                   3109: .Fl T
                   3110: command used to switch to them from a key binding.
1.1       nicm     3111: The
1.57      jmc      3112: .Fl r
                   3113: flag indicates this key may repeat, see the
                   3114: .Ic repeat-time
                   3115: option.
1.706     nicm     3116: .Fl N
                   3117: attaches a note to the key (shown with
                   3118: .Ic list-keys
                   3119: .Fl N ) .
1.57      jmc      3120: .Pp
                   3121: To view the default bindings and possible commands, see the
                   3122: .Ic list-keys
                   3123: command.
1.858     kn       3124: .Tg lsk
1.421     nicm     3125: .It Xo Ic list-keys
1.712     nicm     3126: .Op Fl 1aN
1.706     nicm     3127: .Op Fl P Ar prefix-string Fl T Ar key-table
1.731     nicm     3128: .Op Ar key
1.421     nicm     3129: .Xc
1.57      jmc      3130: .D1 (alias: Ic lsk )
1.710     nicm     3131: List key bindings.
                   3132: There are two forms: the default lists keys as
1.706     nicm     3133: .Ic bind-key
1.710     nicm     3134: commands;
                   3135: .Fl N
                   3136: lists only keys with attached notes and shows only the key and note for each
                   3137: key.
                   3138: .Pp
                   3139: With the default form, all key tables are listed by default.
                   3140: .Fl T
                   3141: lists only keys in
                   3142: .Ar key-table .
                   3143: .Pp
                   3144: With the
1.706     nicm     3145: .Fl N
1.710     nicm     3146: form, only keys in the
1.706     nicm     3147: .Em root
                   3148: and
                   3149: .Em prefix
1.710     nicm     3150: key tables are listed by default;
                   3151: .Fl T
                   3152: also lists only keys in
                   3153: .Ar key-table .
1.706     nicm     3154: .Fl P
1.710     nicm     3155: specifies a prefix to print before each key and
1.706     nicm     3156: .Fl 1
1.710     nicm     3157: lists only the first matching key.
1.712     nicm     3158: .Fl a
1.787     nicm     3159: lists the command for keys that do not have a note rather than skipping them.
1.858     kn       3160: .Tg send
1.57      jmc      3161: .It Xo Ic send-keys
1.694     nicm     3162: .Op Fl FHlMRX
1.497     nicm     3163: .Op Fl N Ar repeat-count
1.72      nicm     3164: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      3165: .Ar key Ar ...
1.1       nicm     3166: .Xc
1.57      jmc      3167: .D1 (alias: Ic send )
                   3168: Send a key or keys to a window.
                   3169: Each argument
                   3170: .Ar key
                   3171: is the name of the key (such as
                   3172: .Ql C-a
                   3173: or
1.523     nicm     3174: .Ql NPage )
                   3175: to send; if the string is not recognised as a key, it is sent as a series of
1.57      jmc      3176: characters.
1.676     nicm     3177: All arguments are sent sequentially from first to last.
1.856     nicm     3178: If no keys are given and the command is bound to a key, then that key is used.
1.676     nicm     3179: .Pp
1.273     nicm     3180: The
                   3181: .Fl l
1.676     nicm     3182: flag disables key name lookup and processes the keys as literal UTF-8
                   3183: characters.
                   3184: The
                   3185: .Fl H
                   3186: flag expects each key to be a hexadecimal number for an ASCII character.
                   3187: .Pp
1.265     nicm     3188: The
                   3189: .Fl R
                   3190: flag causes the terminal state to be reset.
1.419     nicm     3191: .Pp
                   3192: .Fl M
                   3193: passes through a mouse event (only valid if bound to a mouse key binding, see
1.420     jmc      3194: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT ) .
1.497     nicm     3195: .Pp
                   3196: .Fl X
                   3197: is used to send a command into copy mode - see
                   3198: the
                   3199: .Sx WINDOWS AND PANES
                   3200: section.
                   3201: .Fl N
1.694     nicm     3202: specifies a repeat count and
                   3203: .Fl F
                   3204: expands formats in arguments where appropriate.
1.267     nicm     3205: .It Xo Ic send-prefix
                   3206: .Op Fl 2
                   3207: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3208: .Xc
                   3209: Send the prefix key, or with
                   3210: .Fl 2
                   3211: the secondary prefix key, to a window as if it was pressed.
1.858     kn       3212: .Tg unbind
1.57      jmc      3213: .It Xo Ic unbind-key
1.795     nicm     3214: .Op Fl anq
1.421     nicm     3215: .Op Fl T Ar key-table
1.57      jmc      3216: .Ar key
1.2       nicm     3217: .Xc
1.57      jmc      3218: .D1 (alias: Ic unbind )
                   3219: Unbind the command bound to
                   3220: .Ar key .
1.530     nicm     3221: .Fl n
                   3222: and
1.421     nicm     3223: .Fl T
                   3224: are the same as for
                   3225: .Ic bind-key .
1.189     nicm     3226: If
                   3227: .Fl a
                   3228: is present, all key bindings are removed.
1.795     nicm     3229: The
                   3230: .Fl q
                   3231: option prevents errors being returned.
1.57      jmc      3232: .El
                   3233: .Sh OPTIONS
                   3234: The appearance and behaviour of
                   3235: .Nm
                   3236: may be modified by changing the value of various options.
1.668     nicm     3237: There are four types of option:
1.133     nicm     3238: .Em server options ,
1.831     nicm     3239: .Em session options ,
                   3240: .Em window options ,
1.57      jmc      3241: and
1.668     nicm     3242: .Em pane options .
1.57      jmc      3243: .Pp
1.133     nicm     3244: The
                   3245: .Nm
1.686     nicm     3246: server has a set of global server options which do not apply to any particular
1.668     nicm     3247: window or session or pane.
1.133     nicm     3248: These are altered with the
                   3249: .Ic set-option
                   3250: .Fl s
                   3251: command, or displayed with the
                   3252: .Ic show-options
                   3253: .Fl s
                   3254: command.
                   3255: .Pp
                   3256: In addition, each individual session may have a set of session options, and
                   3257: there is a separate set of global session options.
1.57      jmc      3258: Sessions which do not have a particular option configured inherit the value
                   3259: from the global session options.
                   3260: Session options are set or unset with the
                   3261: .Ic set-option
                   3262: command and may be listed with the
                   3263: .Ic show-options
                   3264: command.
1.133     nicm     3265: The available server and session options are listed under the
1.57      jmc      3266: .Ic set-option
                   3267: command.
                   3268: .Pp
1.668     nicm     3269: Similarly, a set of window options is attached to each window and a set of pane
                   3270: options to each pane.
                   3271: Pane options inherit from window options.
                   3272: This means any pane option may be set as a window option to apply the option to
                   3273: all panes in the window without the option set, for example these commands will
                   3274: set the background colour to red for all panes except pane 0:
                   3275: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3276: set -w window-style bg=red
                   3277: set -pt:.0 window-style bg=blue
                   3278: .Ed
                   3279: .Pp
                   3280: There is also a set of global window options from which any unset window or
                   3281: pane options are inherited.
                   3282: Window and pane options are altered with
                   3283: .Ic set-option
                   3284: .Fl w
                   3285: and
                   3286: .Fl p
                   3287: commands and displayed with
                   3288: .Ic show-option
                   3289: .Fl w
                   3290: and
                   3291: .Fl p .
1.318     nicm     3292: .Pp
                   3293: .Nm
                   3294: also supports user options which are prefixed with a
                   3295: .Ql \&@ .
1.321     jmc      3296: User options may have any name, so long as they are prefixed with
                   3297: .Ql \&@ ,
1.318     nicm     3298: and be set to any string.
1.418     nicm     3299: For example:
1.318     nicm     3300: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.774     nicm     3301: $ tmux set -wq @foo "abc123"
                   3302: $ tmux show -wv @foo
1.318     nicm     3303: abc123
                   3304: .Ed
1.57      jmc      3305: .Pp
                   3306: Commands which set options are as follows:
                   3307: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       3308: .Tg set
1.1       nicm     3309: .It Xo Ic set-option
1.808     nicm     3310: .Op Fl aFgopqsuUw
1.668     nicm     3311: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.1       nicm     3312: .Ar option Ar value
                   3313: .Xc
                   3314: .D1 (alias: Ic set )
1.668     nicm     3315: Set a pane option with
                   3316: .Fl p ,
                   3317: a window option with
                   3318: .Fl w ,
1.133     nicm     3319: a server option with
                   3320: .Fl s ,
                   3321: otherwise a session option.
1.637     nicm     3322: If the option is not a user option,
                   3323: .Fl w
1.668     nicm     3324: or
1.637     nicm     3325: .Fl s
1.668     nicm     3326: may be unnecessary -
1.637     nicm     3327: .Nm
1.668     nicm     3328: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3329: .Fl w
                   3330: for pane options.
1.133     nicm     3331: If
                   3332: .Fl g
1.433     nicm     3333: is given, the global session or window option is set.
1.637     nicm     3334: .Pp
1.550     nicm     3335: .Fl F
                   3336: expands formats in the option value.
1.1       nicm     3337: The
                   3338: .Fl u
                   3339: flag unsets an option, so a session inherits the option from the global
1.433     nicm     3340: options (or with
                   3341: .Fl g ,
                   3342: restores a global option to the default).
1.808     nicm     3343: .Fl U
                   3344: unsets an option (like
                   3345: .Fl u )
                   3346: but if the option is a pane option also unsets the option on any panes in the
                   3347: window.
1.796     nicm     3348: .Ar value
                   3349: depends on the option and may be a number, a string, or a flag (on, off, or
                   3350: omitted to toggle).
1.336     nicm     3351: .Pp
                   3352: The
                   3353: .Fl o
1.446     nicm     3354: flag prevents setting an option that is already set and the
1.281     nicm     3355: .Fl q
1.446     nicm     3356: flag suppresses errors about unknown or ambiguous options.
1.281     nicm     3357: .Pp
1.378     nicm     3358: With
                   3359: .Fl a ,
                   3360: and if the option expects a string or a style,
                   3361: .Ar value
                   3362: is appended to the existing setting.
                   3363: For example:
                   3364: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3365: set -g status-left "foo"
                   3366: set -ag status-left "bar"
                   3367: .Ed
                   3368: .Pp
                   3369: Will result in
                   3370: .Ql foobar .
                   3371: And:
                   3372: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3373: set -g status-style "bg=red"
                   3374: set -ag status-style "fg=blue"
                   3375: .Ed
                   3376: .Pp
                   3377: Will result in a red background
                   3378: .Em and
                   3379: blue foreground.
                   3380: Without
                   3381: .Fl a ,
                   3382: the result would be the default background and a blue foreground.
1.858     kn       3383: .Tg show
1.668     nicm     3384: .It Xo Ic show-options
                   3385: .Op Fl AgHpqsvw
                   3386: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   3387: .Op Ar option
                   3388: .Xc
                   3389: .D1 (alias: Ic show )
                   3390: Show the pane options (or a single option if
                   3391: .Ar option
                   3392: is provided) with
                   3393: .Fl p ,
                   3394: the window options with
                   3395: .Fl w ,
                   3396: the server options with
                   3397: .Fl s ,
                   3398: otherwise the session options.
                   3399: If the option is not a user option,
                   3400: .Fl w
                   3401: or
                   3402: .Fl s
                   3403: may be unnecessary -
                   3404: .Nm
                   3405: will infer the type from the option name, assuming
                   3406: .Fl w
                   3407: for pane options.
                   3408: Global session or window options are listed if
                   3409: .Fl g
                   3410: is used.
                   3411: .Fl v
                   3412: shows only the option value, not the name.
                   3413: If
                   3414: .Fl q
                   3415: is set, no error will be returned if
                   3416: .Ar option
                   3417: is unset.
                   3418: .Fl H
                   3419: includes hooks (omitted by default).
                   3420: .Fl A
                   3421: includes options inherited from a parent set of options, such options are
                   3422: marked with an asterisk.
                   3423: .El
1.133     nicm     3424: .Pp
                   3425: Available server options are:
                   3426: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.695     nicm     3427: .It Ic backspace Ar key
                   3428: Set the key sent by
                   3429: .Nm
                   3430: for backspace.
1.198     nicm     3431: .It Ic buffer-limit Ar number
                   3432: Set the number of buffers; as new buffers are added to the top of the stack,
                   3433: old ones are removed from the bottom if necessary to maintain this maximum
                   3434: length.
1.526     nicm     3435: .It Xo Ic command-alias[]
                   3436: .Ar name=value
                   3437: .Xc
                   3438: This is an array of custom aliases for commands.
                   3439: If an unknown command matches
                   3440: .Ar name ,
                   3441: it is replaced with
                   3442: .Ar value .
                   3443: For example, after:
                   3444: .Pp
1.565     nicm     3445: .Dl set -s command-alias[100] zoom='resize-pane -Z'
1.526     nicm     3446: .Pp
                   3447: Using:
                   3448: .Pp
                   3449: .Dl zoom -t:.1
                   3450: .Pp
                   3451: Is equivalent to:
                   3452: .Pp
                   3453: .Dl resize-pane -Z -t:.1
                   3454: .Pp
                   3455: Note that aliases are expanded when a command is parsed rather than when it is
                   3456: executed, so binding an alias with
                   3457: .Ic bind-key
                   3458: will bind the expanded form.
1.425     nicm     3459: .It Ic default-terminal Ar terminal
                   3460: Set the default terminal for new windows created in this session - the
                   3461: default value of the
                   3462: .Ev TERM
                   3463: environment variable.
                   3464: For
                   3465: .Nm
                   3466: to work correctly, this
                   3467: .Em must
                   3468: be set to
                   3469: .Ql screen ,
                   3470: .Ql tmux
                   3471: or a derivative of them.
1.742     nicm     3472: .It Ic copy-command Ar shell-command
                   3473: Give the command to pipe to if the
                   3474: .Ic copy-pipe
                   3475: copy mode command is used without arguments.
1.239     nicm     3476: .It Ic escape-time Ar time
                   3477: Set the time in milliseconds for which
                   3478: .Nm
                   3479: waits after an escape is input to determine if it is part of a function or meta
                   3480: key sequences.
                   3481: The default is 500 milliseconds.
1.759     nicm     3482: .It Ic editor Ar shell-command
                   3483: Set the command used when
                   3484: .Nm
                   3485: runs an editor.
1.592     nicm     3486: .It Xo Ic exit-empty
                   3487: .Op Ic on | off
                   3488: .Xc
                   3489: If enabled (the default), the server will exit when there are no active
                   3490: sessions.
1.239     nicm     3491: .It Xo Ic exit-unattached
                   3492: .Op Ic on | off
                   3493: .Xc
                   3494: If enabled, the server will exit when there are no attached clients.
1.772     nicm     3495: .It Xo Ic extended-keys
1.836     nicm     3496: .Op Ic on | off | always
1.772     nicm     3497: .Xc
1.836     nicm     3498: When
                   3499: .Ic on
                   3500: or
                   3501: .Ic always ,
                   3502: the escape sequence to enable extended keys is sent to the terminal, if
                   3503: .Nm
                   3504: knows that it is supported.
                   3505: .Nm
                   3506: always recognises extended keys itself.
                   3507: If this option is
                   3508: .Ic on ,
                   3509: .Nm
                   3510: will only forward extended keys to applications when they request them; if
                   3511: .Ic always ,
                   3512: .Nm
                   3513: will always forward the keys.
1.362     nicm     3514: .It Xo Ic focus-events
                   3515: .Op Ic on | off
                   3516: .Xc
                   3517: When enabled, focus events are requested from the terminal if supported and
                   3518: passed through to applications running in
                   3519: .Nm .
                   3520: Attached clients should be detached and attached again after changing this
                   3521: option.
1.445     nicm     3522: .It Ic history-file Ar path
                   3523: If not empty, a file to which
                   3524: .Nm
                   3525: will write command prompt history on exit and load it from on start.
1.384     nicm     3526: .It Ic message-limit Ar number
                   3527: Set the number of error or information messages to save in the message log for
                   3528: each client.
1.839     nicm     3529: .It Ic prompt-history-limit Ar number
                   3530: Set the number of history items to save in the history file for each type of
                   3531: command prompt.
1.228     nicm     3532: .It Xo Ic set-clipboard
1.556     nicm     3533: .Op Ic on | external | off
1.228     nicm     3534: .Xc
                   3535: Attempt to set the terminal clipboard content using the
                   3536: .Xr xterm 1
1.560     nicm     3537: escape sequence, if there is an
1.228     nicm     3538: .Em \&Ms
                   3539: entry in the
                   3540: .Xr terminfo 5
1.560     nicm     3541: description (see the
                   3542: .Sx TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   3543: section).
                   3544: .Pp
1.556     nicm     3545: If set to
                   3546: .Ic on ,
                   3547: .Nm
                   3548: will both accept the escape sequence to create a buffer and attempt to set
                   3549: the terminal clipboard.
                   3550: If set to
                   3551: .Ic external ,
                   3552: .Nm
                   3553: will attempt to set the terminal clipboard but ignore attempts
                   3554: by applications to set
                   3555: .Nm
                   3556: buffers.
                   3557: If
                   3558: .Ic off ,
                   3559: .Nm
                   3560: will neither accept the clipboard escape sequence nor attempt to set the
                   3561: clipboard.
                   3562: .Pp
1.228     nicm     3563: Note that this feature needs to be enabled in
                   3564: .Xr xterm 1
                   3565: by setting the resource:
                   3566: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3567: disallowedWindowOps: 20,21,SetXprop
                   3568: .Ed
                   3569: .Pp
                   3570: Or changing this property from the
                   3571: .Xr xterm 1
                   3572: interactive menu when required.
1.744     nicm     3573: .It Ic terminal-features[] Ar string
                   3574: Set terminal features for terminal types read from
                   3575: .Xr terminfo 5 .
                   3576: .Nm
                   3577: has a set of named terminal features.
                   3578: Each will apply appropriate changes to the
                   3579: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3580: entry in use.
                   3581: .Pp
                   3582: .Nm
                   3583: can detect features for a few common terminals; this option can be used to
                   3584: easily tell tmux about features supported by terminals it cannot detect.
                   3585: The
                   3586: .Ic terminal-overrides
                   3587: option allows individual
                   3588: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3589: capabilities to be set instead,
                   3590: .Ic terminal-features
                   3591: is intended for classes of functionality supported in a standard way but not
                   3592: reported by
                   3593: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.836     nicm     3594: Care must be taken to configure this only with features the terminal actually
                   3595: supports.
1.744     nicm     3596: .Pp
                   3597: This is an array option where each entry is a colon-separated string made up
                   3598: of a terminal type pattern (matched using
                   3599: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3600: followed by a list of terminal features.
                   3601: The available features are:
                   3602: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   3603: .It 256
                   3604: Supports 256 colours with the SGR escape sequences.
                   3605: .It clipboard
                   3606: Allows setting the system clipboard.
                   3607: .It ccolour
                   3608: Allows setting the cursor colour.
                   3609: .It cstyle
                   3610: Allows setting the cursor style.
1.778     nicm     3611: .It extkeys
                   3612: Supports extended keys.
                   3613: .It focus
                   3614: Supports focus reporting.
1.744     nicm     3615: .It margins
                   3616: Supports DECSLRM margins.
1.842     nicm     3617: .It mouse
                   3618: Supports
                   3619: .Xr xterm 1
                   3620: mouse sequences.
1.744     nicm     3621: .It overline
                   3622: Supports the overline SGR attribute.
                   3623: .It rectfill
                   3624: Supports the DECFRA rectangle fill escape sequence.
                   3625: .It RGB
                   3626: Supports RGB colour with the SGR escape sequences.
1.778     nicm     3627: .It strikethrough
                   3628: Supports the strikethrough SGR escape sequence.
1.744     nicm     3629: .It sync
                   3630: Supports synchronized updates.
                   3631: .It title
                   3632: Supports
                   3633: .Xr xterm 1
                   3634: title setting.
                   3635: .It usstyle
                   3636: Allows underscore style and colour to be set.
                   3637: .El
1.528     nicm     3638: .It Ic terminal-overrides[] Ar string
                   3639: Allow terminal descriptions read using
                   3640: .Xr terminfo 5
1.531     nicm     3641: to be overridden.
1.528     nicm     3642: Each entry is a colon-separated string made up of a terminal type pattern
                   3643: (matched using
1.381     nicm     3644: .Xr fnmatch 3 )
                   3645: and a set of
                   3646: .Em name=value
                   3647: entries.
                   3648: .Pp
                   3649: For example, to set the
                   3650: .Ql clear
                   3651: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3652: entry to
                   3653: .Ql \ee[H\ee[2J
1.528     nicm     3654: for all terminal types matching
                   3655: .Ql rxvt* :
                   3656: .Pp
                   3657: .Dl "rxvt*:clear=\ee[H\ee[2J"
1.381     nicm     3658: .Pp
                   3659: The terminal entry value is passed through
                   3660: .Xr strunvis 3
                   3661: before interpretation.
1.678     nicm     3662: .It Ic user-keys[] Ar key
                   3663: Set list of user-defined key escape sequences.
                   3664: Each item is associated with a key named
                   3665: .Ql User0 ,
                   3666: .Ql User1 ,
                   3667: and so on.
                   3668: .Pp
                   3669: For example:
                   3670: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3671: set -s user-keys[0] "\ee[5;30012~"
                   3672: bind User0 resize-pane -L 3
                   3673: .Ed
1.133     nicm     3674: .El
1.129     nicm     3675: .Pp
1.18      nicm     3676: Available session options are:
1.1       nicm     3677: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.569     nicm     3678: .It Xo Ic activity-action
                   3679: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3680: .Xc
                   3681: Set action on window activity when
                   3682: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3683: is on.
                   3684: .Ic any
                   3685: means activity in any window linked to a session causes a bell or message
                   3686: (depending on
                   3687: .Ic visual-activity )
                   3688: in the current window of that session,
                   3689: .Ic none
                   3690: means all activity is ignored (equivalent to
                   3691: .Ic monitor-activity
                   3692: being off),
                   3693: .Ic current
                   3694: means only activity in windows other than the current window are ignored and
                   3695: .Ic other
                   3696: means activity in the current window is ignored but not those in other windows.
1.312     nicm     3697: .It Ic assume-paste-time Ar milliseconds
                   3698: If keys are entered faster than one in
                   3699: .Ar milliseconds ,
                   3700: they are assumed to have been pasted rather than typed and
                   3701: .Nm
                   3702: key bindings are not processed.
                   3703: The default is one millisecond and zero disables.
1.69      nicm     3704: .It Ic base-index Ar index
                   3705: Set the base index from which an unused index should be searched when a new
                   3706: window is created.
                   3707: The default is zero.
1.1       nicm     3708: .It Xo Ic bell-action
1.429     nicm     3709: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
1.1       nicm     3710: .Xc
1.574     nicm     3711: Set action on a bell in a window when
                   3712: .Ic monitor-bell
                   3713: is on.
1.569     nicm     3714: The values are the same as those for
                   3715: .Ic activity-action .
1.153     nicm     3716: .It Ic default-command Ar shell-command
1.1       nicm     3717: Set the command used for new windows (if not specified when the window is
                   3718: created) to
1.153     nicm     3719: .Ar shell-command ,
1.79      nicm     3720: which may be any
                   3721: .Xr sh 1
                   3722: command.
1.19      nicm     3723: The default is an empty string, which instructs
                   3724: .Nm
1.79      nicm     3725: to create a login shell using the value of the
                   3726: .Ic default-shell
                   3727: option.
                   3728: .It Ic default-shell Ar path
                   3729: Specify the default shell.
                   3730: This is used as the login shell for new windows when the
                   3731: .Ic default-command
                   3732: option is set to empty, and must be the full path of the executable.
                   3733: When started
                   3734: .Nm
                   3735: tries to set a default value from the first suitable of the
1.19      nicm     3736: .Ev SHELL
1.79      nicm     3737: environment variable, the shell returned by
                   3738: .Xr getpwuid 3 ,
                   3739: or
                   3740: .Pa /bin/sh .
                   3741: This option should be configured when
                   3742: .Nm
                   3743: is used as a login shell.
1.629     nicm     3744: .It Ic default-size Ar XxY
1.642     nicm     3745: Set the default size of new windows when the
1.643     nicm     3746: .Ic window-size
1.642     nicm     3747: option is set to manual or when a session is created with
                   3748: .Ic new-session
                   3749: .Fl d .
                   3750: The value is the width and height separated by an
                   3751: .Ql x
                   3752: character.
                   3753: The default is 80x24.
1.206     nicm     3754: .It Xo Ic destroy-unattached
                   3755: .Op Ic on | off
                   3756: .Xc
1.185     nicm     3757: If enabled and the session is no longer attached to any clients, it is
                   3758: destroyed.
1.206     nicm     3759: .It Xo Ic detach-on-destroy
1.815     nicm     3760: .Op Ic off | on | no-detached
1.206     nicm     3761: .Xc
1.184     nicm     3762: If on (the default), the client is detached when the session it is attached to
                   3763: is destroyed.
                   3764: If off, the client is switched to the most recently active of the remaining
                   3765: sessions.
1.815     nicm     3766: If
                   3767: .Ic no-detached ,
                   3768: the client is detached only if there are no detached sessions; if detached
                   3769: sessions exist, the client is switched to the most recently active.
1.145     nicm     3770: .It Ic display-panes-active-colour Ar colour
                   3771: Set the colour used by the
                   3772: .Ic display-panes
                   3773: command to show the indicator for the active pane.
1.78      nicm     3774: .It Ic display-panes-colour Ar colour
1.145     nicm     3775: Set the colour used by the
1.78      nicm     3776: .Ic display-panes
1.145     nicm     3777: command to show the indicators for inactive panes.
1.78      nicm     3778: .It Ic display-panes-time Ar time
                   3779: Set the time in milliseconds for which the indicators shown by the
                   3780: .Ic display-panes
                   3781: command appear.
1.21      nicm     3782: .It Ic display-time Ar time
1.78      nicm     3783: Set the amount of time for which status line messages and other on-screen
                   3784: indicators are displayed.
1.462     tim      3785: If set to 0, messages and indicators are displayed until a key is pressed.
1.21      nicm     3786: .Ar time
                   3787: is in milliseconds.
1.1       nicm     3788: .It Ic history-limit Ar lines
                   3789: Set the maximum number of lines held in window history.
                   3790: This setting applies only to new windows - existing window histories are not
                   3791: resized and retain the limit at the point they were created.
1.474     nicm     3792: .It Ic key-table Ar key-table
                   3793: Set the default key table to
                   3794: .Ar key-table
                   3795: instead of
                   3796: .Em root .
1.1       nicm     3797: .It Ic lock-after-time Ar number
1.100     nicm     3798: Lock the session (like the
                   3799: .Ic lock-session
1.90      nicm     3800: command) after
1.1       nicm     3801: .Ar number
1.448     nicm     3802: seconds of inactivity.
1.100     nicm     3803: The default is not to lock (set to 0).
1.153     nicm     3804: .It Ic lock-command Ar shell-command
1.90      nicm     3805: Command to run when locking each client.
                   3806: The default is to run
                   3807: .Xr lock 1
                   3808: with
                   3809: .Fl np .
1.378     nicm     3810: .It Ic message-command-style Ar style
1.623     nicm     3811: Set status line message command style.
1.737     nicm     3812: This is used for the command prompt with
                   3813: .Xr vi 1
                   3814: keys when in command mode.
1.623     nicm     3815: For how to specify
                   3816: .Ar style ,
                   3817: see the
                   3818: .Sx STYLES
                   3819: section.
1.378     nicm     3820: .It Ic message-style Ar style
                   3821: Set status line message style.
1.737     nicm     3822: This is used for messages and for the command prompt.
1.378     nicm     3823: For how to specify
                   3824: .Ar style ,
                   3825: see the
1.623     nicm     3826: .Sx STYLES
                   3827: section.
1.419     nicm     3828: .It Xo Ic mouse
1.226     nicm     3829: .Op Ic on | off
                   3830: .Xc
                   3831: If on,
                   3832: .Nm
1.419     nicm     3833: captures the mouse and allows mouse events to be bound as key bindings.
                   3834: See the
                   3835: .Sx MOUSE SUPPORT
                   3836: section for details.
1.267     nicm     3837: .It Ic prefix Ar key
                   3838: Set the key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3839: In addition to the standard keys described under
                   3840: .Sx KEY BINDINGS ,
                   3841: .Ic prefix
                   3842: can be set to the special key
                   3843: .Ql None
                   3844: to set no prefix.
1.267     nicm     3845: .It Ic prefix2 Ar key
                   3846: Set a secondary key accepted as a prefix key.
1.473     nicm     3847: Like
                   3848: .Ic prefix ,
                   3849: .Ic prefix2
                   3850: can be set to
                   3851: .Ql None .
1.291     nicm     3852: .It Xo Ic renumber-windows
                   3853: .Op Ic on | off
                   3854: .Xc
                   3855: If on, when a window is closed in a session, automatically renumber the other
                   3856: windows in numerical order.
                   3857: This respects the
                   3858: .Ic base-index
                   3859: option if it has been set.
                   3860: If off, do not renumber the windows.
1.21      nicm     3861: .It Ic repeat-time Ar time
1.1       nicm     3862: Allow multiple commands to be entered without pressing the prefix-key again
                   3863: in the specified
1.21      nicm     3864: .Ar time
1.1       nicm     3865: milliseconds (the default is 500).
                   3866: Whether a key repeats may be set when it is bound using the
                   3867: .Fl r
                   3868: flag to
                   3869: .Ic bind-key .
1.52      nicm     3870: Repeat is enabled for the default keys bound to the
                   3871: .Ic resize-pane
                   3872: command.
1.1       nicm     3873: .It Xo Ic set-titles
1.56      jmc      3874: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     3875: .Xc
1.261     nicm     3876: Attempt to set the client terminal title using the
                   3877: .Em tsl
                   3878: and
                   3879: .Em fsl
                   3880: .Xr terminfo 5
                   3881: entries if they exist.
                   3882: .Nm
1.444     nicm     3883: automatically sets these to the \ee]0;...\e007 sequence if
                   3884: the terminal appears to be
                   3885: .Xr xterm 1 .
1.11      nicm     3886: This option is off by default.
1.86      nicm     3887: .It Ic set-titles-string Ar string
1.678     nicm     3888: String used to set the client terminal title if
1.86      nicm     3889: .Ic set-titles
                   3890: is on.
1.414     nicm     3891: Formats are expanded, see the
                   3892: .Sx FORMATS
                   3893: section.
1.569     nicm     3894: .It Xo Ic silence-action
                   3895: .Op Ic any | none | current | other
                   3896: .Xc
                   3897: Set action on window silence when
                   3898: .Ic monitor-silence
                   3899: is on.
                   3900: The values are the same as those for
                   3901: .Ic activity-action .
1.1       nicm     3902: .It Xo Ic status
1.625     nicm     3903: .Op Ic off | on | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5
1.1       nicm     3904: .Xc
1.625     nicm     3905: Show or hide the status line or specify its size.
                   3906: Using
                   3907: .Ic on
                   3908: gives a status line one row in height;
                   3909: .Ic 2 ,
                   3910: .Ic 3 ,
                   3911: .Ic 4
                   3912: or
                   3913: .Ic 5
                   3914: more rows.
                   3915: .It Ic status-format[] Ar format
                   3916: Specify the format to be used for each line of the status line.
                   3917: The default builds the top status line from the various individual status
                   3918: options below.
1.1       nicm     3919: .It Ic status-interval Ar interval
1.538     nicm     3920: Update the status line every
1.1       nicm     3921: .Ar interval
                   3922: seconds.
                   3923: By default, updates will occur every 15 seconds.
                   3924: A setting of zero disables redrawing at interval.
1.41      nicm     3925: .It Xo Ic status-justify
1.829     nicm     3926: .Op Ic left | centre | right | absolute-centre
1.41      nicm     3927: .Xc
1.829     nicm     3928: Set the position of the window list in the status line: left, centre or right.
                   3929: centre puts the window list in the relative centre of the available free space;
                   3930: absolute-centre uses the centre of the entire horizontal space.
1.1       nicm     3931: .It Xo Ic status-keys
1.56      jmc      3932: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     3933: .Xc
1.6       jmc      3934: Use vi or emacs-style
1.1       nicm     3935: key bindings in the status line, for example at the command prompt.
1.191     nicm     3936: The default is emacs, unless the
                   3937: .Ev VISUAL
                   3938: or
                   3939: .Ev EDITOR
                   3940: environment variables are set and contain the string
                   3941: .Ql vi .
1.1       nicm     3942: .It Ic status-left Ar string
                   3943: Display
                   3944: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     3945: (by default the session name) to the left of the status line.
1.1       nicm     3946: .Ar string
                   3947: will be passed through
1.623     nicm     3948: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   3949: Also see the
                   3950: .Sx FORMATS
                   3951: and
                   3952: .Sx STYLES
                   3953: sections.
1.83      nicm     3954: .Pp
1.263     nicm     3955: For details on how the names and titles can be set see the
1.261     nicm     3956: .Sx "NAMES AND TITLES"
                   3957: section.
1.109     nicm     3958: .Pp
1.83      nicm     3959: Examples are:
                   3960: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   3961: #(sysctl vm.loadavg)
                   3962: #[fg=yellow,bold]#(apm -l)%%#[default] [#S]
                   3963: .Ed
1.10      nicm     3964: .Pp
1.405     nicm     3965: The default is
                   3966: .Ql "[#S] " .
1.1       nicm     3967: .It Ic status-left-length Ar length
                   3968: Set the maximum
                   3969: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     3970: of the left component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     3971: The default is 10.
1.378     nicm     3972: .It Ic status-left-style Ar style
                   3973: Set the style of the left part of the status line.
                   3974: For how to specify
                   3975: .Ar style ,
                   3976: see the
1.623     nicm     3977: .Sx STYLES
                   3978: section.
1.269     nicm     3979: .It Xo Ic status-position
                   3980: .Op Ic top | bottom
                   3981: .Xc
                   3982: Set the position of the status line.
1.1       nicm     3983: .It Ic status-right Ar string
                   3984: Display
                   3985: .Ar string
1.538     nicm     3986: to the right of the status line.
1.577     nicm     3987: By default, the current pane title in double quotes, the date and the time
1.151     nicm     3988: are shown.
1.1       nicm     3989: As with
                   3990: .Ic status-left ,
                   3991: .Ar string
                   3992: will be passed to
1.459     jmc      3993: .Xr strftime 3
                   3994: and character pairs are replaced.
1.1       nicm     3995: .It Ic status-right-length Ar length
                   3996: Set the maximum
                   3997: .Ar length
1.538     nicm     3998: of the right component of the status line.
1.1       nicm     3999: The default is 40.
1.378     nicm     4000: .It Ic status-right-style Ar style
                   4001: Set the style of the right part of the status line.
                   4002: For how to specify
                   4003: .Ar style ,
                   4004: see the
1.623     nicm     4005: .Sx STYLES
                   4006: section.
1.378     nicm     4007: .It Ic status-style Ar style
                   4008: Set status line style.
                   4009: For how to specify
                   4010: .Ar style ,
                   4011: see the
1.623     nicm     4012: .Sx STYLES
                   4013: section.
1.529     nicm     4014: .It Ic update-environment[] Ar variable
                   4015: Set list of environment variables to be copied into the session environment
                   4016: when a new session is created or an existing session is attached.
1.63      nicm     4017: Any variables that do not exist in the source environment are set to be
                   4018: removed from the session environment (as if
                   4019: .Fl r
                   4020: was given to the
                   4021: .Ic set-environment
                   4022: command).
1.37      nicm     4023: .It Xo Ic visual-activity
1.569     nicm     4024: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4025: .Xc
1.569     nicm     4026: If on, display a message instead of sending a bell when activity occurs in a
                   4027: window for which the
1.37      nicm     4028: .Ic monitor-activity
                   4029: window option is enabled.
1.569     nicm     4030: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4031: .It Xo Ic visual-bell
1.569     nicm     4032: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.37      nicm     4033: .Xc
1.574     nicm     4034: If on, a message is shown on a bell in a window for which the
                   4035: .Ic monitor-bell
                   4036: window option is enabled instead of it being passed through to the
1.569     nicm     4037: terminal (which normally makes a sound).
                   4038: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.37      nicm     4039: Also see the
                   4040: .Ic bell-action
                   4041: option.
1.192     nicm     4042: .It Xo Ic visual-silence
1.569     nicm     4043: .Op Ic on | off | both
1.192     nicm     4044: .Xc
                   4045: If
                   4046: .Ic monitor-silence
1.569     nicm     4047: is enabled, prints a message after the interval has expired on a given window
                   4048: instead of sending a bell.
                   4049: If set to both, a bell and a message are produced.
1.255     nicm     4050: .It Ic word-separators Ar string
                   4051: Sets the session's conception of what characters are considered word
                   4052: separators, for the purposes of the next and previous word commands in
                   4053: copy mode.
1.857     nicm     4054: .El
1.1       nicm     4055: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4056: Available window options are:
1.56      jmc      4057: .Pp
                   4058: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.1       nicm     4059: .It Xo Ic aggressive-resize
1.56      jmc      4060: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4061: .Xc
                   4062: Aggressively resize the chosen window.
                   4063: This means that
                   4064: .Nm
1.642     nicm     4065: will resize the window to the size of the smallest or largest session
                   4066: (see the
                   4067: .Ic window-size
                   4068: option) for which it is the current window, rather than the session to
                   4069: which it is attached.
                   4070: The window may resize when the current window is changed on another
                   4071: session; this option is good for full-screen programs which support
1.6       jmc      4072: .Dv SIGWINCH
                   4073: and poor for interactive programs such as shells.
1.262     nicm     4074: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4075: .It Xo Ic automatic-rename
1.56      jmc      4076: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4077: .Xc
                   4078: Control automatic window renaming.
                   4079: When this setting is enabled,
                   4080: .Nm
1.368     nicm     4081: will rename the window automatically using the format specified by
                   4082: .Ic automatic-rename-format .
1.1       nicm     4083: This flag is automatically disabled for an individual window when a name
                   4084: is specified at creation with
1.186     nicm     4085: .Ic new-window
                   4086: or
1.1       nicm     4087: .Ic new-session ,
                   4088: or later with
1.261     nicm     4089: .Ic rename-window ,
                   4090: or with a terminal escape sequence.
1.1       nicm     4091: It may be switched off globally with:
                   4092: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.668     nicm     4093: set-option -wg automatic-rename off
1.1       nicm     4094: .Ed
1.368     nicm     4095: .Pp
                   4096: .It Ic automatic-rename-format Ar format
                   4097: The format (see
                   4098: .Sx FORMATS )
                   4099: used when the
                   4100: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4101: option is enabled.
1.56      jmc      4102: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4103: .It Ic clock-mode-colour Ar colour
                   4104: Set clock colour.
1.56      jmc      4105: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4106: .It Xo Ic clock-mode-style
1.56      jmc      4107: .Op Ic 12 | 24
1.1       nicm     4108: .Xc
                   4109: Set clock hour format.
1.56      jmc      4110: .Pp
1.196     nicm     4111: .It Ic main-pane-height Ar height
1.2       nicm     4112: .It Ic main-pane-width Ar width
                   4113: Set the width or height of the main (left or top) pane in the
                   4114: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4115: or
                   4116: .Ic main-vertical
                   4117: layouts.
1.747     nicm     4118: If suffixed by
                   4119: .Ql % ,
                   4120: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.757     nicm     4121: .Pp
                   4122: .It Ic copy-mode-match-style Ar style
                   4123: Set the style of search matches in copy mode.
1.768     nicm     4124: For how to specify
                   4125: .Ar style ,
                   4126: see the
                   4127: .Sx STYLES
                   4128: section.
                   4129: .Pp
                   4130: .It Ic copy-mode-mark-style Ar style
                   4131: Set the style of the line containing the mark in copy mode.
1.757     nicm     4132: For how to specify
                   4133: .Ar style ,
                   4134: see the
                   4135: .Sx STYLES
                   4136: section.
                   4137: .Pp
                   4138: .It Ic copy-mode-current-match-style Ar style
                   4139: Set the style of the current search match in copy mode.
                   4140: For how to specify
                   4141: .Ar style ,
                   4142: see the
                   4143: .Sx STYLES
                   4144: section.
1.56      jmc      4145: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4146: .It Xo Ic mode-keys
1.56      jmc      4147: .Op Ic vi | emacs
1.1       nicm     4148: .Xc
1.500     nicm     4149: Use vi or emacs-style key bindings in copy mode.
                   4150: The default is emacs, unless
1.191     nicm     4151: .Ev VISUAL
                   4152: or
                   4153: .Ev EDITOR
                   4154: contains
                   4155: .Ql vi .
1.56      jmc      4156: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4157: .It Ic mode-style Ar style
                   4158: Set window modes style.
                   4159: For how to specify
                   4160: .Ar style ,
                   4161: see the
1.623     nicm     4162: .Sx STYLES
                   4163: section.
1.378     nicm     4164: .Pp
1.1       nicm     4165: .It Xo Ic monitor-activity
1.56      jmc      4166: .Op Ic on | off
1.1       nicm     4167: .Xc
                   4168: Monitor for activity in the window.
                   4169: Windows with activity are highlighted in the status line.
1.56      jmc      4170: .Pp
1.574     nicm     4171: .It Xo Ic monitor-bell
                   4172: .Op Ic on | off
                   4173: .Xc
                   4174: Monitor for a bell in the window.
                   4175: Windows with a bell are highlighted in the status line.
                   4176: .Pp
1.192     nicm     4177: .It Xo Ic monitor-silence
                   4178: .Op Ic interval
                   4179: .Xc
                   4180: Monitor for silence (no activity) in the window within
                   4181: .Ic interval
                   4182: seconds.
                   4183: Windows that have been silent for the interval are highlighted in the
                   4184: status line.
                   4185: An interval of zero disables the monitoring.
1.195     nicm     4186: .Pp
                   4187: .It Ic other-pane-height Ar height
                   4188: Set the height of the other panes (not the main pane) in the
                   4189: .Ic main-horizontal
                   4190: layout.
                   4191: If this option is set to 0 (the default), it will have no effect.
                   4192: If both the
                   4193: .Ic main-pane-height
                   4194: and
                   4195: .Ic other-pane-height
                   4196: options are set, the main pane will grow taller to make the other panes the
                   4197: specified height, but will never shrink to do so.
1.747     nicm     4198: If suffixed by
                   4199: .Ql % ,
                   4200: this is a percentage of the window size.
1.195     nicm     4201: .Pp
                   4202: .It Ic other-pane-width Ar width
                   4203: Like
                   4204: .Ic other-pane-height ,
                   4205: but set the width of other panes in the
                   4206: .Ic main-vertical
                   4207: layout.
1.243     nicm     4208: .Pp
1.413     nicm     4209: .It Ic pane-active-border-style Ar style
                   4210: Set the pane border style for the currently active pane.
                   4211: For how to specify
                   4212: .Ar style ,
                   4213: see the
1.623     nicm     4214: .Sx STYLES
                   4215: section.
1.413     nicm     4216: Attributes are ignored.
1.866   ! nicm     4217: .Pp
1.243     nicm     4218: .It Ic pane-base-index Ar index
                   4219: Like
                   4220: .Ic base-index ,
                   4221: but set the starting index for pane numbers.
1.484     nicm     4222: .Pp
                   4223: .It Ic pane-border-format Ar format
                   4224: Set the text shown in pane border status lines.
1.770     nicm     4225: .Pp
                   4226: .It Ic pane-border-lines Ar type
                   4227: Set the type of characters used for drawing pane borders.
                   4228: .Ar type
                   4229: may be one of:
                   4230: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4231: .It single
                   4232: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters
                   4233: .It double
                   4234: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4235: .It heavy
                   4236: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4237: .It simple
                   4238: simple ASCII characters
                   4239: .It number
                   4240: the pane number
                   4241: .El
                   4242: .Pp
                   4243: .Ql double
                   4244: and
                   4245: .Ql heavy
                   4246: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
1.484     nicm     4247: .Pp
                   4248: .It Xo Ic pane-border-status
                   4249: .Op Ic off | top | bottom
                   4250: .Xc
                   4251: Turn pane border status lines off or set their position.
1.413     nicm     4252: .Pp
                   4253: .It Ic pane-border-style Ar style
                   4254: Set the pane border style for panes aside from the active pane.
                   4255: For how to specify
                   4256: .Ar style ,
                   4257: see the
1.623     nicm     4258: .Sx STYLES
                   4259: section.
1.413     nicm     4260: Attributes are ignored.
1.192     nicm     4261: .Pp
1.862     nicm     4262: .It Ic popup-style Ar style
                   4263: Set the popup style.
                   4264: For how to specify
                   4265: .Ar style ,
                   4266: see the
                   4267: .Sx STYLES
                   4268: section.
                   4269: Attributes are ignored.
                   4270: .Pp
                   4271: .It Ic popup-border-style Ar style
                   4272: Set the popup border style.
                   4273: For how to specify
                   4274: .Ar style ,
                   4275: see the
                   4276: .Sx STYLES
                   4277: section.
                   4278: Attributes are ignored.
                   4279: .Pp
                   4280: .It Ic popup-border-lines Ar type
                   4281: Set the type of characters used for drawing popup borders.
                   4282: .Ar type
                   4283: may be one of:
                   4284: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4285: .It single
                   4286: single lines using ACS or UTF-8 characters (default)
                   4287: .It rounded
                   4288: variation of single with rounded corners using UTF-8 characters
                   4289: .It double
                   4290: double lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4291: .It heavy
                   4292: heavy lines using UTF-8 characters
                   4293: .It simple
                   4294: simple ASCII characters
                   4295: .It padded
                   4296: simple ASCII space character
                   4297: .It none
                   4298: no border
                   4299: .El
                   4300: .Pp
                   4301: .Ql double
                   4302: and
                   4303: .Ql heavy
                   4304: will fall back to standard ACS line drawing when UTF-8 is not supported.
                   4305: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4306: .It Ic window-status-activity-style Ar style
                   4307: Set status line style for windows with an activity alert.
                   4308: For how to specify
                   4309: .Ar style ,
                   4310: see the
1.623     nicm     4311: .Sx STYLES
                   4312: section.
1.169     nicm     4313: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4314: .It Ic window-status-bell-style Ar style
                   4315: Set status line style for windows with a bell alert.
                   4316: For how to specify
                   4317: .Ar style ,
                   4318: see the
1.623     nicm     4319: .Sx STYLES
                   4320: section.
1.169     nicm     4321: .Pp
1.125     nicm     4322: .It Ic window-status-current-format Ar string
                   4323: Like
                   4324: .Ar window-status-format ,
                   4325: but is the format used when the window is the current window.
1.307     nicm     4326: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4327: .It Ic window-status-current-style Ar style
                   4328: Set status line style for the currently active window.
                   4329: For how to specify
                   4330: .Ar style ,
                   4331: see the
1.623     nicm     4332: .Sx STYLES
                   4333: section.
1.239     nicm     4334: .Pp
                   4335: .It Ic window-status-format Ar string
                   4336: Set the format in which the window is displayed in the status line window list.
                   4337: See the
1.623     nicm     4338: .Sx FORMATS
                   4339: and
                   4340: .Sx STYLES
                   4341: sections.
1.290     nicm     4342: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4343: .It Ic window-status-last-style Ar style
                   4344: Set status line style for the last active window.
                   4345: For how to specify
                   4346: .Ar style ,
                   4347: see the
1.623     nicm     4348: .Sx STYLES
                   4349: section.
1.378     nicm     4350: .Pp
1.290     nicm     4351: .It Ic window-status-separator Ar string
                   4352: Sets the separator drawn between windows in the status line.
                   4353: The default is a single space character.
1.125     nicm     4354: .Pp
1.378     nicm     4355: .It Ic window-status-style Ar style
                   4356: Set status line style for a single window.
1.418     nicm     4357: For how to specify
                   4358: .Ar style ,
                   4359: see the
1.623     nicm     4360: .Sx STYLES
                   4361: section.
1.418     nicm     4362: .Pp
1.642     nicm     4363: .It Xo Ic window-size
1.689     nicm     4364: .Ar largest | Ar smallest | Ar manual | Ar latest
1.642     nicm     4365: .Xc
                   4366: Configure how
                   4367: .Nm
                   4368: determines the window size.
                   4369: If set to
                   4370: .Ar largest ,
                   4371: the size of the largest attached session is used; if
                   4372: .Ar smallest ,
                   4373: the size of the smallest.
                   4374: If
                   4375: .Ar manual ,
                   4376: the size of a new window is set from the
                   4377: .Ic default-size
                   4378: option and windows are resized automatically.
1.689     nicm     4379: With
                   4380: .Ar latest ,
                   4381: .Nm
                   4382: uses the size of the client that had the most recent activity.
1.642     nicm     4383: See also the
                   4384: .Ic resize-window
                   4385: command and the
                   4386: .Ic aggressive-resize
                   4387: option.
                   4388: .Pp
1.512     nicm     4389: .It Xo Ic wrap-search
                   4390: .Op Ic on | off
                   4391: .Xc
                   4392: If this option is set, searches will wrap around the end of the pane contents.
                   4393: The default is on.
1.57      jmc      4394: .El
1.668     nicm     4395: .Pp
                   4396: Available pane options are:
                   4397: .Pp
                   4398: .Bl -tag -width Ds -compact
1.669     nicm     4399: .It Xo Ic allow-rename
                   4400: .Op Ic on | off
                   4401: .Xc
                   4402: Allow programs in the pane to change the window name using a terminal escape
                   4403: sequence (\eek...\ee\e\e).
                   4404: .Pp
                   4405: .It Xo Ic alternate-screen
                   4406: .Op Ic on | off
                   4407: .Xc
                   4408: This option configures whether programs running inside the pane may use the
                   4409: terminal alternate screen feature, which allows the
                   4410: .Em smcup
                   4411: and
                   4412: .Em rmcup
                   4413: .Xr terminfo 5
                   4414: capabilities.
                   4415: The alternate screen feature preserves the contents of the window when an
                   4416: interactive application starts and restores it on exit, so that any output
                   4417: visible before the application starts reappears unchanged after it exits.
1.850     nicm     4418: .Pp
                   4419: .It Ic pane-colours[] Ar colour
                   4420: The default colour palette.
                   4421: Each entry in the array defines the colour
                   4422: .Nm
                   4423: uses when the colour with that index is requested.
                   4424: The index may be from zero to 255.
1.669     nicm     4425: .Pp
1.668     nicm     4426: .It Xo Ic remain-on-exit
1.810     nicm     4427: .Op Ic on | off | failed
1.57      jmc      4428: .Xc
1.668     nicm     4429: A pane with this flag set is not destroyed when the program running in it
                   4430: exits.
1.810     nicm     4431: If set to
                   4432: .Ic failed ,
                   4433: then only when the program exit status is not zero.
1.668     nicm     4434: The pane may be reactivated with the
                   4435: .Ic respawn-pane
                   4436: command.
1.808     nicm     4437: .Pp
                   4438: .It Xo Ic synchronize-panes
                   4439: .Op Ic on | off
                   4440: .Xc
                   4441: Duplicate input to all other panes in the same window where this option is also
                   4442: on (only for panes that are not in any mode).
1.668     nicm     4443: .Pp
                   4444: .It Ic window-active-style Ar style
                   4445: Set the pane style when it is the active pane.
                   4446: For how to specify
                   4447: .Ar style ,
                   4448: see the
                   4449: .Sx STYLES
                   4450: section.
                   4451: .Pp
                   4452: .It Ic window-style Ar style
                   4453: Set the pane style.
                   4454: For how to specify
                   4455: .Ar style ,
                   4456: see the
                   4457: .Sx STYLES
                   4458: section.
1.843     jmc      4459: .El
1.469     nicm     4460: .Sh HOOKS
                   4461: .Nm
                   4462: allows commands to run on various triggers, called
                   4463: .Em hooks .
1.505     nicm     4464: Most
1.483     nicm     4465: .Nm
1.505     nicm     4466: commands have an
1.483     nicm     4467: .Em after
                   4468: hook and there are a number of hooks not associated with commands.
                   4469: .Pp
1.640     nicm     4470: Hooks are stored as array options, members of the array are executed in
                   4471: order when the hook is triggered.
1.740     nicm     4472: Like options different hooks may be global or belong to a session, window or pane.
1.640     nicm     4473: Hooks may be configured with the
                   4474: .Ic set-hook
                   4475: or
                   4476: .Ic set-option
                   4477: commands and displayed with
                   4478: .Ic show-hooks
                   4479: or
                   4480: .Ic show-options
                   4481: .Fl H .
                   4482: The following two commands are equivalent:
                   4483: .Bd -literal -offset indent.
                   4484: set-hook -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4485: set-option -g pane-mode-changed[42] 'set -g status-left-style bg=red'
                   4486: .Ed
                   4487: .Pp
                   4488: Setting a hook without specifying an array index clears the hook and sets the
                   4489: first member of the array.
                   4490: .Pp
1.505     nicm     4491: A command's after
                   4492: hook is run after it completes, except when the command is run as part of a hook
1.483     nicm     4493: itself.
1.505     nicm     4494: They are named with an
1.483     nicm     4495: .Ql after-
                   4496: prefix.
                   4497: For example, the following command adds a hook to select the even-vertical
                   4498: layout after every
                   4499: .Ic split-window :
                   4500: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.640     nicm     4501: set-hook -g after-split-window "selectl even-vertical"
1.483     nicm     4502: .Ed
                   4503: .Pp
1.584     nicm     4504: All the notifications listed in the
                   4505: .Sx CONTROL MODE
                   4506: section are hooks (without any arguments), except
                   4507: .Ic %exit .
                   4508: The following additional hooks are available:
1.560     nicm     4509: .Bl -tag -width "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX"
1.476     nicm     4510: .It alert-activity
                   4511: Run when a window has activity.
                   4512: See
                   4513: .Ic monitor-activity .
                   4514: .It alert-bell
                   4515: Run when a window has received a bell.
1.574     nicm     4516: See
                   4517: .Ic monitor-bell .
1.476     nicm     4518: .It alert-silence
                   4519: Run when a window has been silent.
                   4520: See
                   4521: .Ic monitor-silence .
1.845     nicm     4522: .It client-active
                   4523: Run when a client becomes the latest active client of its session.
1.469     nicm     4524: .It client-attached
                   4525: Run when a client is attached.
                   4526: .It client-detached
                   4527: Run when a client is detached
1.846     nicm     4528: .It client-focus-in
                   4529: Run when focus enters a client
                   4530: .It client-focus-out
                   4531: Run when focus exits a client
1.469     nicm     4532: .It client-resized
                   4533: Run when a client is resized.
1.511     nicm     4534: .It client-session-changed
                   4535: Run when a client's attached session is changed.
1.475     nicm     4536: .It pane-died
                   4537: Run when the program running in a pane exits, but
                   4538: .Ic remain-on-exit
                   4539: is on so the pane has not closed.
                   4540: .It pane-exited
                   4541: Run when the program running in a pane exits.
1.603     nicm     4542: .It pane-focus-in
                   4543: Run when the focus enters a pane, if the
                   4544: .Ic focus-events
                   4545: option is on.
                   4546: .It pane-focus-out
                   4547: Run when the focus exits a pane, if the
                   4548: .Ic focus-events
                   4549: option is on.
1.560     nicm     4550: .It pane-set-clipboard
                   4551: Run when the terminal clipboard is set using the
                   4552: .Xr xterm 1
                   4553: escape sequence.
1.510     nicm     4554: .It session-created
                   4555: Run when a new session created.
                   4556: .It session-closed
                   4557: Run when a session closed.
1.507     nicm     4558: .It session-renamed
                   4559: Run when a session is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4560: .It window-linked
                   4561: Run when a window is linked into a session.
1.507     nicm     4562: .It window-renamed
                   4563: Run when a window is renamed.
1.511     nicm     4564: .It window-unlinked
                   4565: Run when a window is unlinked from a session.
1.469     nicm     4566: .El
                   4567: .Pp
                   4568: Hooks are managed with these commands:
                   4569: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   4570: .It Xo Ic set-hook
1.740     nicm     4571: .Op Fl agpRuw
                   4572: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4573: .Ar hook-name
                   4574: .Ar command
                   4575: .Xc
1.604     nicm     4576: Without
1.605     jmc      4577: .Fl R ,
1.604     nicm     4578: sets (or with
1.496     nicm     4579: .Fl u
                   4580: unsets) hook
1.469     nicm     4581: .Ar hook-name
                   4582: to
                   4583: .Ar command .
1.740     nicm     4584: The flags are the same as for
                   4585: .Ic set-option .
1.604     nicm     4586: .Pp
                   4587: With
                   4588: .Fl R ,
                   4589: run
                   4590: .Ar hook-name
                   4591: immediately.
1.469     nicm     4592: .It Xo Ic show-hooks
1.740     nicm     4593: .Op Fl gpw
                   4594: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.469     nicm     4595: .Xc
1.740     nicm     4596: Shows hooks.
                   4597: The flags are the same as for
                   4598: .Ic show-options .
1.470     jmc      4599: .El
1.419     nicm     4600: .Sh MOUSE SUPPORT
                   4601: If the
                   4602: .Ic mouse
                   4603: option is on (the default is off),
                   4604: .Nm
                   4605: allows mouse events to be bound as keys.
                   4606: The name of each key is made up of a mouse event (such as
                   4607: .Ql MouseUp1 )
1.632     nicm     4608: and a location suffix, one of the following:
                   4609: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   4610: .It Li "Pane" Ta "the contents of a pane"
                   4611: .It Li "Border" Ta "a pane border"
                   4612: .It Li "Status" Ta "the status line window list"
                   4613: .It Li "StatusLeft" Ta "the left part of the status line"
                   4614: .It Li "StatusRight" Ta "the right part of the status line"
                   4615: .It Li "StatusDefault" Ta "any other part of the status line"
                   4616: .El
                   4617: .Pp
1.419     nicm     4618: The following mouse events are available:
                   4619: .Bl -column "MouseDown1" "MouseDrag1" "WheelDown" -offset indent
1.498     nicm     4620: .It Li "WheelUp" Ta "WheelDown" Ta ""
1.481     nicm     4621: .It Li "MouseDown1" Ta "MouseUp1" Ta "MouseDrag1" Ta "MouseDragEnd1"
                   4622: .It Li "MouseDown2" Ta "MouseUp2" Ta "MouseDrag2" Ta "MouseDragEnd2"
                   4623: .It Li "MouseDown3" Ta "MouseUp3" Ta "MouseDrag3" Ta "MouseDragEnd3"
1.724     nicm     4624: .It Li "SecondClick1" Ta "SecondClick2" Ta "SecondClick3"
1.590     nicm     4625: .It Li "DoubleClick1" Ta "DoubleClick2" Ta "DoubleClick3"
                   4626: .It Li "TripleClick1" Ta "TripleClick2" Ta "TripleClick3"
1.419     nicm     4627: .El
1.724     nicm     4628: .Pp
                   4629: The
                   4630: .Ql SecondClick
                   4631: events are fired for the second click of a double click, even if there may be a
                   4632: third click which will fire
                   4633: .Ql TripleClick
                   4634: instead of
                   4635: .Ql DoubleClick .
1.419     nicm     4636: .Pp
                   4637: Each should be suffixed with a location, for example
                   4638: .Ql MouseDown1Status .
                   4639: .Pp
1.423     nicm     4640: The special token
                   4641: .Ql {mouse}
                   4642: or
1.419     nicm     4643: .Ql =
                   4644: may be used as
                   4645: .Ar target-window
                   4646: or
                   4647: .Ar target-pane
                   4648: in commands bound to mouse key bindings.
                   4649: It resolves to the window or pane over which the mouse event took place
                   4650: (for example, the window in the status line over which button 1 was released for a
                   4651: .Ql MouseUp1Status
                   4652: binding, or the pane over which the wheel was scrolled for a
                   4653: .Ql WheelDownPane
                   4654: binding).
                   4655: .Pp
                   4656: The
                   4657: .Ic send-keys
                   4658: .Fl M
                   4659: flag may be used to forward a mouse event to a pane.
                   4660: .Pp
                   4661: The default key bindings allow the mouse to be used to select and resize panes,
                   4662: to copy text and to change window using the status line.
                   4663: These take effect if the
                   4664: .Ic mouse
                   4665: option is turned on.
1.245     nicm     4666: .Sh FORMATS
1.294     nicm     4667: Certain commands accept the
1.245     nicm     4668: .Fl F
                   4669: flag with a
                   4670: .Ar format
                   4671: argument.
                   4672: This is a string which controls the output format of the command.
1.678     nicm     4673: Format variables are enclosed in
1.245     nicm     4674: .Ql #{
                   4675: and
                   4676: .Ql } ,
                   4677: for example
1.359     nicm     4678: .Ql #{session_name} .
1.409     nicm     4679: The possible variables are listed in the table below, or the name of a
                   4680: .Nm
                   4681: option may be used for an option's value.
                   4682: Some variables have a shorter alias such as
1.598     nicm     4683: .Ql #S ;
1.376     nicm     4684: .Ql ##
                   4685: is replaced by a single
1.598     nicm     4686: .Ql # ,
                   4687: .Ql #,
                   4688: by a
                   4689: .Ql \&,
                   4690: and
                   4691: .Ql #}
                   4692: by a
                   4693: .Ql } .
1.409     nicm     4694: .Pp
                   4695: Conditionals are available by prefixing with
1.246     jmc      4696: .Ql \&?
1.245     nicm     4697: and separating two alternatives with a comma;
                   4698: if the specified variable exists and is not zero, the first alternative
1.246     jmc      4699: is chosen, otherwise the second is used.
                   4700: For example
1.245     nicm     4701: .Ql #{?session_attached,attached,not attached}
                   4702: will include the string
                   4703: .Ql attached
                   4704: if the session is attached and the string
                   4705: .Ql not attached
1.409     nicm     4706: if it is unattached, or
                   4707: .Ql #{?automatic-rename,yes,no}
                   4708: will include
                   4709: .Ql yes
                   4710: if
                   4711: .Ic automatic-rename
                   4712: is enabled, or
                   4713: .Ql no
                   4714: if not.
1.599     nicm     4715: Conditionals can be nested arbitrarily.
                   4716: Inside a conditional,
                   4717: .Ql \&,
                   4718: and
                   4719: .Ql }
                   4720: must be escaped as
                   4721: .Ql #,
                   4722: and
                   4723: .Ql #} ,
                   4724: unless they are part of a
                   4725: .Ql #{...}
1.600     nicm     4726: replacement.
                   4727: For example:
1.599     nicm     4728: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4729: #{?pane_in_mode,#[fg=white#,bg=red],#[fg=red#,bg=white]}#W .
                   4730: .Ed
1.520     nicm     4731: .Pp
1.678     nicm     4732: String comparisons may be expressed by prefixing two comma-separated
1.520     nicm     4733: alternatives by
1.652     nicm     4734: .Ql == ,
                   4735: .Ql != ,
                   4736: .Ql < ,
                   4737: .Ql > ,
                   4738: .Ql <=
1.520     nicm     4739: or
1.652     nicm     4740: .Ql >=
1.520     nicm     4741: and a colon.
                   4742: For example
1.544     nicm     4743: .Ql #{==:#{host},myhost}
1.520     nicm     4744: will be replaced by
                   4745: .Ql 1
                   4746: if running on
                   4747: .Ql myhost ,
                   4748: otherwise by
1.554     nicm     4749: .Ql 0 .
                   4750: .Ql ||
                   4751: and
                   4752: .Ql &&
                   4753: evaluate to true if either or both of two comma-separated alternatives are
                   4754: true, for example
1.595     nicm     4755: .Ql #{||:#{pane_in_mode},#{alternate_on}} .
1.664     nicm     4756: .Pp
                   4757: An
                   4758: .Ql m
                   4759: specifies an
                   4760: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4761: or regular expression comparison.
                   4762: The first argument is the pattern and the second the string to compare.
1.714     nicm     4763: An optional argument specifies flags:
1.664     nicm     4764: .Ql r
                   4765: means the pattern is a regular expression instead of the default
                   4766: .Xr fnmatch 3
                   4767: pattern, and
                   4768: .Ql i
                   4769: means to ignore case.
                   4770: For example:
                   4771: .Ql #{m:*foo*,#{host}}
                   4772: or
                   4773: .Ql #{m/ri:^A,MYVAR} .
1.554     nicm     4774: A
                   4775: .Ql C
                   4776: performs a search for an
                   4777: .Xr fnmatch 3
1.664     nicm     4778: pattern or regular expression in the pane content and evaluates to zero if not
                   4779: found, or a line number if found.
                   4780: Like
                   4781: .Ql m ,
1.665     jmc      4782: an
1.664     nicm     4783: .Ql r
                   4784: flag means search for a regular expression and
                   4785: .Ql i
                   4786: ignores case.
                   4787: For example:
                   4788: .Ql #{C/r:^Start}
1.714     nicm     4789: .Pp
                   4790: Numeric operators may be performed by prefixing two comma-separated alternatives with an
                   4791: .Ql e
                   4792: and an operator.
                   4793: An optional
                   4794: .Ql f
                   4795: flag may be given after the operator to use floating point numbers, otherwise integers are used.
                   4796: This may be followed by a number giving the number of decimal places to use for the result.
                   4797: The available operators are:
                   4798: addition
                   4799: .Ql + ,
                   4800: subtraction
                   4801: .Ql - ,
                   4802: multiplication
                   4803: .Ql * ,
                   4804: division
                   4805: .Ql / ,
1.801     nicm     4806: modulus
1.714     nicm     4807: .Ql m
                   4808: or
                   4809: .Ql %
                   4810: (note that
                   4811: .Ql %
                   4812: must be escaped as
                   4813: .Ql %%
                   4814: in formats which are also expanded by
1.801     nicm     4815: .Xr strftime 3 )
                   4816: and numeric comparison operators
                   4817: .Ql == ,
                   4818: .Ql != ,
                   4819: .Ql < ,
                   4820: .Ql <= ,
                   4821: .Ql >
                   4822: and
                   4823: .Ql >= .
1.714     nicm     4824: For example,
                   4825: .Ql #{e|*|f|4:5.5,3}
                   4826: multiplies 5.5 by 3 for a result with four decimal places and
                   4827: .Ql #{e|%%:7,3}
                   4828: returns the modulus of 7 and 3.
1.833     nicm     4829: .Ql a
                   4830: replaces a numeric argument by its ASCII equivalent, so
                   4831: .Ql #{a:98}
                   4832: results in
                   4833: .Ql b .
1.453     nicm     4834: .Pp
1.367     nicm     4835: A limit may be placed on the length of the resultant string by prefixing it
                   4836: by an
                   4837: .Ql = ,
1.479     nicm     4838: a number and a colon.
                   4839: Positive numbers count from the start of the string and negative from the end,
                   4840: so
                   4841: .Ql #{=5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4842: will include at most the first five characters of the pane title, or
1.479     nicm     4843: .Ql #{=-5:pane_title}
1.653     nicm     4844: the last five characters.
                   4845: A suffix or prefix may be given as a second argument - if provided then it is
                   4846: appended or prepended to the string if the length has been trimmed, for example
                   4847: .Ql #{=/5/...:pane_title}
                   4848: will append
                   4849: .Ql ...
                   4850: if the pane title is more than five characters.
1.698     nicm     4851: Similarly,
                   4852: .Ql p
                   4853: pads the string to a given width, for example
                   4854: .Ql #{p10:pane_title}
                   4855: will result in a width of at least 10 characters.
                   4856: A positive width pads on the left, a negative on the right.
1.791     nicm     4857: .Ql n
1.803     nicm     4858: expands to the length of the variable and
                   4859: .Ql w
                   4860: to its width when displayed, for example
1.791     nicm     4861: .Ql #{n:window_name} .
1.653     nicm     4862: .Pp
1.453     nicm     4863: Prefixing a time variable with
1.683     nicm     4864: .Ql t:\&
1.453     nicm     4865: will convert it to a string, so if
                   4866: .Ql #{window_activity}
                   4867: gives
1.454     jmc      4868: .Ql 1445765102 ,
1.453     nicm     4869: .Ql #{t:window_activity}
                   4870: gives
                   4871: .Ql Sun Oct 25 09:25:02 2015 .
1.751     nicm     4872: Adding
                   4873: .Ql p (
                   4874: .Ql `t/p` )
                   4875: will use shorter but less accurate time format for times in the past.
1.765     nicm     4876: A custom format may be given using an
                   4877: .Ql f
                   4878: suffix (note that
                   4879: .Ql %
                   4880: must be escaped as
                   4881: .Ql %%
                   4882: if the format is separately being passed through
                   4883: .Xr strftime 3 ,
                   4884: for example in the
                   4885: .Ic status-left
                   4886: option):
                   4887: .Ql #{t/f/%%H#:%%M:window_activity} ,
                   4888: see
                   4889: .Xr strftime 3 .
                   4890: .Pp
1.453     nicm     4891: The
1.683     nicm     4892: .Ql b:\&
1.453     nicm     4893: and
1.683     nicm     4894: .Ql d:\&
1.453     nicm     4895: prefixes are
                   4896: .Xr basename 3
                   4897: and
                   4898: .Xr dirname 3
                   4899: of the variable respectively.
1.683     nicm     4900: .Ql q:\&
1.610     nicm     4901: will escape
                   4902: .Xr sh 1
1.812     nicm     4903: special characters or with a
                   4904: .Ql h
1.806     nicm     4905: suffix, escape hash characters (so
                   4906: .Ql #
                   4907: becomes
1.807     nicm     4908: .Ql ## ) .
1.683     nicm     4909: .Ql E:\&
1.617     nicm     4910: will expand the format twice, for example
                   4911: .Ql #{E:status-left}
                   4912: is the result of expanding the content of the
                   4913: .Ic status-left
1.671     nicm     4914: option rather than the option itself.
1.683     nicm     4915: .Ql T:\&
1.620     nicm     4916: is like
1.683     nicm     4917: .Ql E:\&
1.620     nicm     4918: but also expands
                   4919: .Xr strftime 3
                   4920: specifiers.
1.683     nicm     4921: .Ql S:\& ,
                   4922: .Ql W:\&
1.618     nicm     4923: or
1.683     nicm     4924: .Ql P:\&
1.618     nicm     4925: will loop over each session, window or pane and insert the format once
1.619     nicm     4926: for each.
                   4927: For windows and panes, two comma-separated formats may be given:
                   4928: the second is used for the current window or active pane.
                   4929: For example, to get a list of windows formatted like the status line:
1.618     nicm     4930: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   4931: #{W:#{E:window-status-format} ,#{E:window-status-current-format} }
                   4932: .Ed
1.817     nicm     4933: .Pp
                   4934: .Ql N:\&
                   4935: checks if a window (without any suffix or with the
                   4936: .Ql w
                   4937: suffix) or a session (with the
                   4938: .Ql s
                   4939: suffix) name exists, for example
                   4940: .Ql `N/w:foo`
                   4941: is replaced with 1 if a window named
                   4942: .Ql foo
                   4943: exists.
1.625     nicm     4944: .Pp
1.461     nicm     4945: A prefix of the form
1.683     nicm     4946: .Ql s/foo/bar/:\&
1.461     nicm     4947: will substitute
                   4948: .Ql foo
                   4949: with
                   4950: .Ql bar
                   4951: throughout.
1.664     nicm     4952: The first argument may be an extended regular expression and a final argument may be
                   4953: .Ql i
                   4954: to ignore case, for example
1.683     nicm     4955: .Ql s/a(.)/\e1x/i:\&
1.664     nicm     4956: would change
                   4957: .Ql abABab
                   4958: into
                   4959: .Ql bxBxbx .
1.431     nicm     4960: .Pp
1.671     nicm     4961: In addition, the last line of a shell command's output may be inserted using
1.431     nicm     4962: .Ql #() .
                   4963: For example,
                   4964: .Ql #(uptime)
                   4965: will insert the system's uptime.
                   4966: When constructing formats,
                   4967: .Nm
                   4968: does not wait for
                   4969: .Ql #()
                   4970: commands to finish; instead, the previous result from running the same command is used,
                   4971: or a placeholder if the command has not been run before.
1.543     nicm     4972: If the command hasn't exited, the most recent line of output will be used, but the status
                   4973: line will not be updated more than once a second.
1.431     nicm     4974: Commands are executed with the
                   4975: .Nm
                   4976: global environment set (see the
1.644     schwarze 4977: .Sx GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.431     nicm     4978: section).
1.671     nicm     4979: .Pp
                   4980: An
                   4981: .Ql l
                   4982: specifies that a string should be interpreted literally and not expanded.
                   4983: For example
                   4984: .Ql #{l:#{?pane_in_mode,yes,no}}
                   4985: will be replaced by
                   4986: .Ql #{?pane_in_mode,yes,no} .
1.245     nicm     4987: .Pp
                   4988: The following variables are available, where appropriate:
1.359     nicm     4989: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "XXXXX"
                   4990: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Alias" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
1.824     nicm     4991: .It Li "active_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of active window in session"
1.678     nicm     4992: .It Li "alternate_on" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in alternate screen"
1.359     nicm     4993: .It Li "alternate_saved_x" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor X in alternate screen"
                   4994: .It Li "alternate_saved_y" Ta "" Ta "Saved cursor Y in alternate screen"
1.572     nicm     4995: .It Li "buffer_created" Ta "" Ta "Time buffer created"
1.490     nicm     4996: .It Li "buffer_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of buffer"
1.386     nicm     4997: .It Li "buffer_sample" Ta "" Ta "Sample of start of buffer"
1.359     nicm     4998: .It Li "buffer_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of the specified buffer in bytes"
1.572     nicm     4999: .It Li "client_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time client last had activity"
1.699     nicm     5000: .It Li "client_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each client cell in pixels"
                   5001: .It Li "client_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each client cell in pixels"
1.646     nicm     5002: .It Li "client_control_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is in control mode"
1.572     nicm     5003: .It Li "client_created" Ta "" Ta "Time client created"
1.542     nicm     5004: .It Li "client_discarded" Ta "" Ta "Bytes discarded when client behind"
1.762     nicm     5005: .It Li "client_flags" Ta "" Ta "List of client flags"
1.359     nicm     5006: .It Li "client_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of client"
1.451     nicm     5007: .It Li "client_key_table" Ta "" Ta "Current key table"
1.359     nicm     5008: .It Li "client_last_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's last session"
1.540     nicm     5009: .It Li "client_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of client"
1.437     nicm     5010: .It Li "client_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of client process"
1.359     nicm     5011: .It Li "client_prefix" Ta "" Ta "1 if prefix key has been pressed"
                   5012: .It Li "client_readonly" Ta "" Ta "1 if client is readonly"
                   5013: .It Li "client_session" Ta "" Ta "Name of the client's session"
1.822     nicm     5014: .It Li "client_termfeatures" Ta "" Ta "Terminal features of client, if any"
1.359     nicm     5015: .It Li "client_termname" Ta "" Ta "Terminal name of client"
1.754     nicm     5016: .It Li "client_termtype" Ta "" Ta "Terminal type of client, if available"
1.359     nicm     5017: .It Li "client_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of client"
1.699     nicm     5018: .It Li "client_utf8" Ta "" Ta "1 if client supports UTF-8"
1.359     nicm     5019: .It Li "client_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of client"
1.541     nicm     5020: .It Li "client_written" Ta "" Ta "Bytes written to client"
1.509     nicm     5021: .It Li "command" Ta "" Ta "Name of command in use, if any"
1.646     nicm     5022: .It Li "command_list_alias" Ta "" Ta "Command alias if listing commands"
1.489     nicm     5023: .It Li "command_list_name" Ta "" Ta "Command name if listing commands"
                   5024: .It Li "command_list_usage" Ta "" Ta "Command usage if listing commands"
1.824     nicm     5025: .It Li "config_files" Ta "" Ta "List of configuration files loaded"
1.692     nicm     5026: .It Li "copy_cursor_line" Ta "" Ta "Line the cursor is on in copy mode"
                   5027: .It Li "copy_cursor_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5028: .It Li "copy_cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in copy mode"
                   5029: .It Li "copy_cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in copy mode"
1.832     nicm     5030: .It Li "current_file" Ta "" Ta "Current configuration file"
1.646     nicm     5031: .It Li "cursor_character" Ta "" Ta "Character at cursor in pane"
1.359     nicm     5032: .It Li "cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane cursor flag"
                   5033: .It Li "cursor_x" Ta "" Ta "Cursor X position in pane"
                   5034: .It Li "cursor_y" Ta "" Ta "Cursor Y position in pane"
                   5035: .It Li "history_bytes" Ta "" Ta "Number of bytes in window history"
                   5036: .It Li "history_limit" Ta "" Ta "Maximum window history lines"
1.581     nicm     5037: .It Li "history_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of history in lines"
1.509     nicm     5038: .It Li "hook" Ta "" Ta "Name of running hook, if any"
1.851     nicm     5039: .It Li "hook_client" Ta "" Ta "Name of client where hook was run, if any"
1.511     nicm     5040: .It Li "hook_pane" Ta "" Ta "ID of pane where hook was run, if any"
1.510     nicm     5041: .It Li "hook_session" Ta "" Ta "ID of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5042: .It Li "hook_session_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of session where hook was run, if any"
                   5043: .It Li "hook_window" Ta "" Ta "ID of window where hook was run, if any"
                   5044: .It Li "hook_window_name" Ta "" Ta "Name of window where hook was run, if any"
1.359     nicm     5045: .It Li "host" Ta "#H" Ta "Hostname of local host"
                   5046: .It Li "host_short" Ta "#h" Ta "Hostname of local host (no domain name)"
                   5047: .It Li "insert_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane insert flag"
                   5048: .It Li "keypad_cursor_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad cursor flag"
                   5049: .It Li "keypad_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane keypad flag"
1.824     nicm     5050: .It Li "last_window_index" Ta "" Ta "Index of last window in session"
1.359     nicm     5051: .It Li "line" Ta "" Ta "Line number in the list"
1.646     nicm     5052: .It Li "mouse_all_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse all flag"
1.359     nicm     5053: .It Li "mouse_any_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse any flag"
                   5054: .It Li "mouse_button_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse button flag"
1.676     nicm     5055: .It Li "mouse_line" Ta "" Ta "Line under mouse, if any"
                   5056: .It Li "mouse_sgr_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse SGR flag"
1.359     nicm     5057: .It Li "mouse_standard_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse standard flag"
1.676     nicm     5058: .It Li "mouse_utf8_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane mouse UTF-8 flag"
                   5059: .It Li "mouse_word" Ta "" Ta "Word under mouse, if any"
1.654     nicm     5060: .It Li "mouse_x" Ta "" Ta "Mouse X position, if any"
                   5061: .It Li "mouse_y" Ta "" Ta "Mouse Y position, if any"
1.676     nicm     5062: .It Li "origin_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane origin flag"
1.359     nicm     5063: .It Li "pane_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if active pane"
1.570     nicm     5064: .It Li "pane_at_bottom" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the bottom of window"
                   5065: .It Li "pane_at_left" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the left of window"
                   5066: .It Li "pane_at_right" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the right of window"
                   5067: .It Li "pane_at_top" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is at the top of window"
1.822     nicm     5068: .It Li "pane_bg" Ta "" Ta "Pane background colour"
1.396     nicm     5069: .It Li "pane_bottom" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of pane"
1.359     nicm     5070: .It Li "pane_current_command" Ta "" Ta "Current command if available"
1.733     nicm     5071: .It Li "pane_current_path" Ta "" Ta "Current path if available"
1.359     nicm     5072: .It Li "pane_dead" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is dead"
1.411     nicm     5073: .It Li "pane_dead_status" Ta "" Ta "Exit status of process in dead pane"
1.822     nicm     5074: .It Li "pane_fg" Ta "" Ta "Pane foreground colour"
1.696     nicm     5075: .It Li "pane_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a pane"
1.359     nicm     5076: .It Li "pane_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of pane"
                   5077: .It Li "pane_id" Ta "#D" Ta "Unique pane ID"
1.678     nicm     5078: .It Li "pane_in_mode" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is in a mode"
1.646     nicm     5079: .It Li "pane_index" Ta "#P" Ta "Index of pane"
1.678     nicm     5080: .It Li "pane_input_off" Ta "" Ta "1 if input to pane is disabled"
1.792     nicm     5081: .It Li "pane_last" Ta "" Ta "1 if last pane"
1.396     nicm     5082: .It Li "pane_left" Ta "" Ta "Left of pane"
1.650     nicm     5083: .It Li "pane_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this is the marked pane"
                   5084: .It Li "pane_marked_set" Ta "" Ta "1 if a marked pane is set"
1.678     nicm     5085: .It Li "pane_mode" Ta "" Ta "Name of pane mode, if any"
1.761     nicm     5086: .It Li "pane_path" Ta "" Ta "Path of pane (can be set by application)"
1.359     nicm     5087: .It Li "pane_pid" Ta "" Ta "PID of first process in pane"
1.567     nicm     5088: .It Li "pane_pipe" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is being piped"
1.396     nicm     5089: .It Li "pane_right" Ta "" Ta "Right of pane"
1.546     nicm     5090: .It Li "pane_search_string" Ta "" Ta "Last search string in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5091: .It Li "pane_start_command" Ta "" Ta "Command pane started with"
1.678     nicm     5092: .It Li "pane_synchronized" Ta "" Ta "1 if pane is synchronized"
1.359     nicm     5093: .It Li "pane_tabs" Ta "" Ta "Pane tab positions"
1.696     nicm     5094: .It Li "pane_title" Ta "#T" Ta "Title of pane (can be set by application)"
1.396     nicm     5095: .It Li "pane_top" Ta "" Ta "Top of pane"
1.359     nicm     5096: .It Li "pane_tty" Ta "" Ta "Pseudo terminal of pane"
                   5097: .It Li "pane_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of pane"
1.721     nicm     5098: .It Li "pid" Ta "" Ta "Server PID"
1.606     nicm     5099: .It Li "rectangle_toggle" Ta "" Ta "1 if rectangle selection is activated"
1.646     nicm     5100: .It Li "scroll_position" Ta "" Ta "Scroll position in copy mode"
1.359     nicm     5101: .It Li "scroll_region_lower" Ta "" Ta "Bottom of scroll region in pane"
                   5102: .It Li "scroll_region_upper" Ta "" Ta "Top of scroll region in pane"
1.824     nicm     5103: .It Li "search_match" Ta "" Ta "Search match if any"
1.782     nicm     5104: .It Li "search_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if search started in copy mode"
1.713     nicm     5105: .It Li "selection_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started and changes with the cursor in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5106: .It Li "selection_end_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the end of the selection"
                   5107: .It Li "selection_end_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the end of the selection"
1.571     nicm     5108: .It Li "selection_present" Ta "" Ta "1 if selection started in copy mode"
1.691     nicm     5109: .It Li "selection_start_x" Ta "" Ta "X position of the start of the selection"
                   5110: .It Li "selection_start_y" Ta "" Ta "Y position of the start of the selection"
1.646     nicm     5111: .It Li "session_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of session last activity"
1.430     nicm     5112: .It Li "session_alerts" Ta "" Ta "List of window indexes with alerts"
1.382     nicm     5113: .It Li "session_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients session is attached to"
1.702     nicm     5114: .It Li "session_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients session is attached to"
1.572     nicm     5115: .It Li "session_created" Ta "" Ta "Time session created"
1.696     nicm     5116: .It Li "session_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a session"
1.536     nicm     5117: .It Li "session_group" Ta "" Ta "Name of session group"
1.702     nicm     5118: .It Li "session_group_attached" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients sessions in group are attached to"
                   5119: .It Li "session_group_attached_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients sessions in group are attached to"
1.646     nicm     5120: .It Li "session_group_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions in group"
1.702     nicm     5121: .It Li "session_group_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached to sessions in group"
1.586     nicm     5122: .It Li "session_group_size" Ta "" Ta "Size of session group"
1.359     nicm     5123: .It Li "session_grouped" Ta "" Ta "1 if session in a group"
                   5124: .It Li "session_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique session ID"
1.646     nicm     5125: .It Li "session_last_attached" Ta "" Ta "Time session last attached"
1.382     nicm     5126: .It Li "session_many_attached" Ta "" Ta "1 if multiple clients attached"
1.748     nicm     5127: .It Li "session_marked" Ta "" Ta "1 if this session contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5128: .It Li "session_name" Ta "#S" Ta "Name of session"
1.725     nicm     5129: .It Li "session_path" Ta "" Ta "Working directory of session"
1.548     nicm     5130: .It Li "session_stack" Ta "" Ta "Window indexes in most recent order"
1.359     nicm     5131: .It Li "session_windows" Ta "" Ta "Number of windows in session"
1.487     nicm     5132: .It Li "socket_path" Ta "" Ta "Server socket path"
1.465     nicm     5133: .It Li "start_time" Ta "" Ta "Server start time"
1.708     nicm     5134: .It Li "version" Ta "" Ta "Server version"
1.646     nicm     5135: .It Li "window_active" Ta "" Ta "1 if window active"
1.702     nicm     5136: .It Li "window_active_clients" Ta "" Ta "Number of clients viewing this window"
                   5137: .It Li "window_active_clients_list" Ta "" Ta "List of clients viewing this window"
                   5138: .It Li "window_active_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions on which this window is active"
                   5139: .It Li "window_active_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions on which this window is active"
1.572     nicm     5140: .It Li "window_activity" Ta "" Ta "Time of window last activity"
1.487     nicm     5141: .It Li "window_activity_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has activity"
1.366     nicm     5142: .It Li "window_bell_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has bell"
1.642     nicm     5143: .It Li "window_bigger" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is larger than client"
1.700     nicm     5144: .It Li "window_cell_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of each cell in pixels"
                   5145: .It Li "window_cell_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of each cell in pixels"
1.621     nicm     5146: .It Li "window_end_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the highest index"
1.812     nicm     5147: .It Li "window_flags" Ta "#F" Ta "Window flags with # escaped as ##"
                   5148: .It Li "window_raw_flags" Ta "" Ta "Window flags with nothing escaped"
1.696     nicm     5149: .It Li "window_format" Ta "" Ta "1 if format is for a window"
1.359     nicm     5150: .It Li "window_height" Ta "" Ta "Height of window"
                   5151: .It Li "window_id" Ta "" Ta "Unique window ID"
                   5152: .It Li "window_index" Ta "#I" Ta "Index of window"
1.400     nicm     5153: .It Li "window_last_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is the last used"
1.460     nicm     5154: .It Li "window_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, ignoring zoomed window panes"
1.426     nicm     5155: .It Li "window_linked" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is linked across sessions"
1.702     nicm     5156: .It Li "window_linked_sessions" Ta "" Ta "Number of sessions this window is linked to"
                   5157: .It Li "window_linked_sessions_list" Ta "" Ta "List of sessions this window is linked to"
1.687     nicm     5158: .It Li "window_marked_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window contains the marked pane"
1.359     nicm     5159: .It Li "window_name" Ta "#W" Ta "Name of window"
1.642     nicm     5160: .It Li "window_offset_x" Ta "" Ta "X offset into window if larger than client"
                   5161: .It Li "window_offset_y" Ta "" Ta "Y offset into window if larger than client"
1.359     nicm     5162: .It Li "window_panes" Ta "" Ta "Number of panes in window"
1.366     nicm     5163: .It Li "window_silence_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has silence alert"
1.548     nicm     5164: .It Li "window_stack_index" Ta "" Ta "Index in session most recent stack"
1.621     nicm     5165: .It Li "window_start_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window has the lowest index"
1.460     nicm     5166: .It Li "window_visible_layout" Ta "" Ta "Window layout description, respecting zoomed window panes"
1.359     nicm     5167: .It Li "window_width" Ta "" Ta "Width of window"
1.400     nicm     5168: .It Li "window_zoomed_flag" Ta "" Ta "1 if window is zoomed"
1.359     nicm     5169: .It Li "wrap_flag" Ta "" Ta "Pane wrap flag"
1.245     nicm     5170: .El
1.623     nicm     5171: .Sh STYLES
                   5172: .Nm
                   5173: offers various options to specify the colour and attributes of aspects of the
                   5174: interface, for example
                   5175: .Ic status-style
                   5176: for the status line.
                   5177: In addition, embedded styles may be specified in format options, such as
1.701     nicm     5178: .Ic status-left ,
1.623     nicm     5179: by enclosing them in
                   5180: .Ql #[
                   5181: and
1.639     nicm     5182: .Ql \&] .
1.623     nicm     5183: .Pp
                   5184: A style may be the single term
                   5185: .Ql default
1.688     nicm     5186: to specify the default style (which may come from an option, for example
                   5187: .Ic status-style
                   5188: in the status line) or a space
1.630     nicm     5189: or comma separated list of the following:
1.623     nicm     5190: .Bl -tag -width Ds
                   5191: .It Ic fg=colour
                   5192: Set the foreground colour.
                   5193: The colour is one of:
                   5194: .Ic black ,
                   5195: .Ic red ,
                   5196: .Ic green ,
                   5197: .Ic yellow ,
                   5198: .Ic blue ,
                   5199: .Ic magenta ,
                   5200: .Ic cyan ,
                   5201: .Ic white ;
                   5202: if supported the bright variants
                   5203: .Ic brightred ,
                   5204: .Ic brightgreen ,
                   5205: .Ic brightyellow ;
                   5206: .Ic colour0
                   5207: to
                   5208: .Ic colour255
                   5209: from the 256-colour set;
                   5210: .Ic default
                   5211: for the default colour;
                   5212: .Ic terminal
                   5213: for the terminal default colour; or a hexadecimal RGB string such as
                   5214: .Ql #ffffff .
                   5215: .It Ic bg=colour
                   5216: Set the background colour.
                   5217: .It Ic none
                   5218: Set no attributes (turn off any active attributes).
1.752     nicm     5219: .It Xo Ic acs ,
                   5220: .Ic bright
1.625     nicm     5221: (or
                   5222: .Ic bold ) ,
1.623     nicm     5223: .Ic dim ,
                   5224: .Ic underscore ,
                   5225: .Ic blink ,
                   5226: .Ic reverse ,
                   5227: .Ic hidden ,
                   5228: .Ic italics ,
1.649     nicm     5229: .Ic overline ,
1.623     nicm     5230: .Ic strikethrough ,
                   5231: .Ic double-underscore ,
                   5232: .Ic curly-underscore ,
                   5233: .Ic dotted-underscore ,
                   5234: .Ic dashed-underscore
                   5235: .Xc
                   5236: Set an attribute.
                   5237: Any of the attributes may be prefixed with
                   5238: .Ql no
                   5239: to unset.
1.752     nicm     5240: .Ic acs
                   5241: is the terminal alternate character set.
1.625     nicm     5242: .It Xo Ic align=left
                   5243: (or
                   5244: .Ic noalign ) ,
                   5245: .Ic align=centre ,
                   5246: .Ic align=right
                   5247: .Xc
                   5248: Align text to the left, centre or right of the available space if appropriate.
1.675     nicm     5249: .It Ic fill=colour
1.674     nicm     5250: Fill the available space with a background colour if appropriate.
1.625     nicm     5251: .It Xo Ic list=on ,
                   5252: .Ic list=focus ,
                   5253: .Ic list=left-marker ,
1.661     nicm     5254: .Ic list=right-marker ,
1.625     nicm     5255: .Ic nolist
                   5256: .Xc
                   5257: Mark the position of the various window list components in the
                   5258: .Ic status-format
                   5259: option:
                   5260: .Ic list=on
                   5261: marks the start of the list;
                   5262: .Ic list=focus
                   5263: is the part of the list that should be kept in focus if the entire list won't fit
                   5264: in the available space (typically the current window);
                   5265: .Ic list=left-marker
                   5266: and
                   5267: .Ic list=right-marker
                   5268: mark the text to be used to mark that text has been trimmed from the left or
                   5269: right of the list if there is not enough space.
1.688     nicm     5270: .It Xo Ic push-default ,
                   5271: .Ic pop-default
                   5272: .Xc
                   5273: Store the current colours and attributes as the default or reset to the previous
                   5274: default.
                   5275: A
                   5276: .Ic push-default
                   5277: affects any subsequent use of the
                   5278: .Ic default
                   5279: term until a
                   5280: .Ic pop-default .
                   5281: Only one default may be pushed (each
                   5282: .Ic push-default
                   5283: replaces the previous saved default).
1.625     nicm     5284: .It Xo Ic range=left ,
                   5285: .Ic range=right ,
                   5286: .Ic range=window|X ,
                   5287: .Ic norange
                   5288: .Xc
                   5289: Mark a range in the
1.651     nicm     5290: .Ic status-format
1.625     nicm     5291: option.
                   5292: .Ic range=left
                   5293: and
                   5294: .Ic range=right
                   5295: are the text used for the
                   5296: .Ql StatusLeft
                   5297: and
                   5298: .Ql StatusRight
                   5299: mouse keys.
                   5300: .Ic range=window|X
                   5301: is the range for a window passed to the
                   5302: .Ql Status
                   5303: mouse key, where
                   5304: .Ql X
                   5305: is a window index.
1.623     nicm     5306: .El
                   5307: .Pp
                   5308: Examples are:
                   5309: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.630     nicm     5310: fg=yellow bold underscore blink
1.623     nicm     5311: bg=black,fg=default,noreverse
                   5312: .Ed
1.261     nicm     5313: .Sh NAMES AND TITLES
                   5314: .Nm
                   5315: distinguishes between names and titles.
                   5316: Windows and sessions have names, which may be used to specify them in targets
                   5317: and are displayed in the status line and various lists: the name is the
                   5318: .Nm
                   5319: identifier for a window or session.
                   5320: Only panes have titles.
1.577     nicm     5321: A pane's title is typically set by the program running inside the pane using
                   5322: an escape sequence (like it would set the
1.261     nicm     5323: .Xr xterm 1
1.577     nicm     5324: window title in
1.578     nicm     5325: .Xr X 7 ) .
1.268     nicm     5326: Windows themselves do not have titles - a window's title is the title of its
1.261     nicm     5327: active pane.
                   5328: .Nm
                   5329: itself may set the title of the terminal in which the client is running, see
                   5330: the
                   5331: .Ic set-titles
                   5332: option.
                   5333: .Pp
                   5334: A session's name is set with the
                   5335: .Ic new-session
                   5336: and
                   5337: .Ic rename-session
                   5338: commands.
                   5339: A window's name is set with one of:
                   5340: .Bl -enum -width Ds
                   5341: .It
                   5342: A command argument (such as
                   5343: .Fl n
                   5344: for
                   5345: .Ic new-window
                   5346: or
                   5347: .Ic new-session ) .
                   5348: .It
1.597     nicm     5349: An escape sequence (if the
                   5350: .Ic allow-rename
                   5351: option is turned on):
1.261     nicm     5352: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5353: $ printf '\e033kWINDOW_NAME\e033\e\e'
                   5354: .Ed
                   5355: .It
                   5356: Automatic renaming, which sets the name to the active command in the window's
                   5357: active pane.
                   5358: See the
                   5359: .Ic automatic-rename
                   5360: option.
                   5361: .El
                   5362: .Pp
                   5363: When a pane is first created, its title is the hostname.
1.612     nicm     5364: A pane's title can be set via the title setting escape sequence, for example:
1.261     nicm     5365: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   5366: $ printf '\e033]2;My Title\e033\e\e'
                   5367: .Ed
1.577     nicm     5368: .Pp
                   5369: It can also be modified with the
                   5370: .Ic select-pane
                   5371: .Fl T
                   5372: command.
1.644     schwarze 5373: .Sh GLOBAL AND SESSION ENVIRONMENT
1.63      nicm     5374: When the server is started,
                   5375: .Nm
                   5376: copies the environment into the
                   5377: .Em global environment ;
                   5378: in addition, each session has a
                   5379: .Em session environment .
1.193     nicm     5380: When a window is created, the session and global environments are merged.
                   5381: If a variable exists in both, the value from the session environment is used.
                   5382: The result is the initial environment passed to the new process.
1.63      nicm     5383: .Pp
                   5384: The
                   5385: .Ic update-environment
                   5386: session option may be used to update the session environment from the client
                   5387: when a new session is created or an old reattached.
                   5388: .Nm
                   5389: also initialises the
                   5390: .Ev TMUX
                   5391: variable with some internal information to allow commands to be executed
                   5392: from inside, and the
                   5393: .Ev TERM
                   5394: variable with the correct terminal setting of
                   5395: .Ql screen .
                   5396: .Pp
1.728     nicm     5397: Variables in both session and global environments may be marked as hidden.
                   5398: Hidden variables are not passed into the environment of new processes and
                   5399: instead can only be used by tmux itself (for example in formats, see the
                   5400: .Sx FORMATS
                   5401: section).
                   5402: .Pp
1.63      nicm     5403: Commands to alter and view the environment are:
                   5404: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5405: .Tg setenv
1.63      nicm     5406: .It Xo Ic set-environment
1.793     nicm     5407: .Op Fl Fhgru
1.63      nicm     5408: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
                   5409: .Ar name Op Ar value
                   5410: .Xc
1.115     nicm     5411: .D1 (alias: Ic setenv )
1.63      nicm     5412: Set or unset an environment variable.
                   5413: If
                   5414: .Fl g
                   5415: is used, the change is made in the global environment; otherwise, it is applied
                   5416: to the session environment for
                   5417: .Ar target-session .
1.793     nicm     5418: If
                   5419: .Fl F
                   5420: is present, then
                   5421: .Ar value
                   5422: is expanded as a format.
1.63      nicm     5423: The
                   5424: .Fl u
                   5425: flag unsets a variable.
                   5426: .Fl r
                   5427: indicates the variable is to be removed from the environment before starting a
                   5428: new process.
1.728     nicm     5429: .Fl h
                   5430: marks the variable as hidden.
1.858     kn       5431: .Tg showenv
1.63      nicm     5432: .It Xo Ic show-environment
1.728     nicm     5433: .Op Fl hgs
1.63      nicm     5434: .Op Fl t Ar target-session
1.286     nicm     5435: .Op Ar variable
1.63      nicm     5436: .Xc
1.115     nicm     5437: .D1 (alias: Ic showenv )
1.63      nicm     5438: Display the environment for
                   5439: .Ar target-session
                   5440: or the global environment with
                   5441: .Fl g .
1.286     nicm     5442: If
                   5443: .Ar variable
                   5444: is omitted, all variables are shown.
1.63      nicm     5445: Variables removed from the environment are prefixed with
                   5446: .Ql - .
1.442     nicm     5447: If
                   5448: .Fl s
                   5449: is used, the output is formatted as a set of Bourne shell commands.
1.728     nicm     5450: .Fl h
                   5451: shows hidden variables (omitted by default).
1.57      jmc      5452: .El
                   5453: .Sh STATUS LINE
                   5454: .Nm
                   5455: includes an optional status line which is displayed in the bottom line of each
                   5456: terminal.
1.626     nicm     5457: .Pp
                   5458: By default, the status line is enabled and one line in height (it may be
                   5459: disabled or made multiple lines with the
1.57      jmc      5460: .Ic status
                   5461: session option) and contains, from left-to-right: the name of the current
1.261     nicm     5462: session in square brackets; the window list; the title of the active pane
                   5463: in double quotes; and the time and date.
1.57      jmc      5464: .Pp
1.626     nicm     5465: Each line of the status line is configured with the
                   5466: .Ic status-format
                   5467: option.
                   5468: The default is made of three parts: configurable left and right sections (which
                   5469: may contain dynamic content such as the time or output from a shell command,
                   5470: see the
1.57      jmc      5471: .Ic status-left ,
                   5472: .Ic status-left-length ,
                   5473: .Ic status-right ,
                   5474: and
                   5475: .Ic status-right-length
                   5476: options below), and a central window list.
1.125     nicm     5477: By default, the window list shows the index, name and (if any) flag of the
                   5478: windows present in the current session in ascending numerical order.
                   5479: It may be customised with the
                   5480: .Ar window-status-format
                   5481: and
                   5482: .Ar window-status-current-format
                   5483: options.
1.57      jmc      5484: The flag is one of the following symbols appended to the window name:
                   5485: .Bl -column "Symbol" "Meaning" -offset indent
                   5486: .It Sy "Symbol" Ta Sy "Meaning"
                   5487: .It Li "*" Ta "Denotes the current window."
                   5488: .It Li "-" Ta "Marks the last window (previously selected)."
1.574     nicm     5489: .It Li "#" Ta "Window activity is monitored and activity has been detected."
                   5490: .It Li "\&!" Ta "Window bells are monitored and a bell has occurred in the window."
1.192     nicm     5491: .It Li "~" Ta "The window has been silent for the monitor-silence interval."
1.432     nicm     5492: .It Li "M" Ta "The window contains the marked pane."
1.349     nicm     5493: .It Li "Z" Ta "The window's active pane is zoomed."
1.57      jmc      5494: .El
                   5495: .Pp
                   5496: The # symbol relates to the
                   5497: .Ic monitor-activity
1.388     nicm     5498: window option.
1.57      jmc      5499: The window name is printed in inverted colours if an alert (bell, activity or
1.388     nicm     5500: silence) is present.
1.57      jmc      5501: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5502: The colour and attributes of the status line may be configured, the entire
                   5503: status line using the
1.378     nicm     5504: .Ic status-style
                   5505: session option and individual windows using the
                   5506: .Ic window-status-style
                   5507: window option.
1.57      jmc      5508: .Pp
1.131     nicm     5509: The status line is automatically refreshed at interval if it has changed, the
                   5510: interval may be controlled with the
1.57      jmc      5511: .Ic status-interval
                   5512: session option.
                   5513: .Pp
                   5514: Commands related to the status line are as follows:
                   5515: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.858     kn       5516: .Tg clrphist
1.839     nicm     5517: .It Xo Ic clear-prompt-history
                   5518: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5519: .Xc
1.843     jmc      5520: .D1 (alias: Ic clrphist )
1.839     nicm     5521: Clear status prompt history for prompt type
                   5522: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5523: If
                   5524: .Fl T
                   5525: is omitted, then clear history for all types.
                   5526: See
                   5527: .Ic command-prompt
                   5528: for possible values for
                   5529: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5530: .It Xo Ic command-prompt
1.852     nicm     5531: .Op Fl 1bFikN
1.235     nicm     5532: .Op Fl I Ar inputs
1.73      nicm     5533: .Op Fl p Ar prompts
1.57      jmc      5534: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.839     nicm     5535: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
1.57      jmc      5536: .Op Ar template
                   5537: .Xc
                   5538: Open the command prompt in a client.
                   5539: This may be used from inside
                   5540: .Nm
                   5541: to execute commands interactively.
1.231     nicm     5542: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5543: If
                   5544: .Ar template
1.73      nicm     5545: is specified, it is used as the command.
1.840     nicm     5546: With
                   5547: .Fl F ,
                   5548: .Ar template
                   5549: is expanded as a format.
                   5550: .Pp
1.235     nicm     5551: If present,
                   5552: .Fl I
                   5553: is a comma-separated list of the initial text for each prompt.
1.73      nicm     5554: If
                   5555: .Fl p
                   5556: is given,
                   5557: .Ar prompts
                   5558: is a comma-separated list of prompts which are displayed in order; otherwise
                   5559: a single prompt is displayed, constructed from
                   5560: .Ar template
                   5561: if it is present, or
                   5562: .Ql \&:
                   5563: if not.
1.231     nicm     5564: .Pp
1.73      nicm     5565: Before the command is executed, the first occurrence of the string
                   5566: .Ql %%
1.74      jmc      5567: and all occurrences of
1.73      nicm     5568: .Ql %1
1.492     nicm     5569: are replaced by the response to the first prompt, all
1.73      nicm     5570: .Ql %2
                   5571: are replaced with the response to the second prompt, and so on for further
1.74      jmc      5572: prompts.
                   5573: Up to nine prompt responses may be replaced
                   5574: .Po
                   5575: .Ql %1
1.73      nicm     5576: to
1.74      jmc      5577: .Ql %9
                   5578: .Pc .
1.513     nicm     5579: .Ql %%%
                   5580: is like
                   5581: .Ql %%
                   5582: but any quotation marks are escaped.
1.497     nicm     5583: .Pp
                   5584: .Fl 1
                   5585: makes the prompt only accept one key press, in this case the resulting input
                   5586: is a single character.
1.706     nicm     5587: .Fl k
                   5588: is like
                   5589: .Fl 1
                   5590: but the key press is translated to a key name.
1.678     nicm     5591: .Fl N
                   5592: makes the prompt only accept numeric key presses.
1.517     nicm     5593: .Fl i
                   5594: executes the command every time the prompt input changes instead of when the
                   5595: user exits the command prompt.
1.839     nicm     5596: .Pp
1.758     nicm     5597: .Fl T
                   5598: tells
                   5599: .Nm
1.839     nicm     5600: the prompt type.
                   5601: This affects what completions are offered when
1.758     nicm     5602: .Em Tab
1.839     nicm     5603: is pressed.
                   5604: Available types are:
                   5605: .Ql command ,
                   5606: .Ql search ,
                   5607: .Ql target
                   5608: and
                   5609: .Ql window-target .
1.500     nicm     5610: .Pp
                   5611: The following keys have a special meaning in the command prompt, depending
                   5612: on the value of the
                   5613: .Ic status-keys
                   5614: option:
                   5615: .Bl -column "FunctionXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" "viXXXX" "emacsX" -offset indent
                   5616: .It Sy "Function" Ta Sy "vi" Ta Sy "emacs"
1.715     nicm     5617: .It Li "Cancel command prompt" Ta "q" Ta "Escape"
1.678     nicm     5618: .It Li "Delete from cursor to start of word" Ta "" Ta "C-w"
1.500     nicm     5619: .It Li "Delete entire command" Ta "d" Ta "C-u"
                   5620: .It Li "Delete from cursor to end" Ta "D" Ta "C-k"
                   5621: .It Li "Execute command" Ta "Enter" Ta "Enter"
                   5622: .It Li "Get next command from history" Ta "" Ta "Down"
                   5623: .It Li "Get previous command from history" Ta "" Ta "Up"
                   5624: .It Li "Insert top paste buffer" Ta "p" Ta "C-y"
                   5625: .It Li "Look for completions" Ta "Tab" Ta "Tab"
                   5626: .It Li "Move cursor left" Ta "h" Ta "Left"
                   5627: .It Li "Move cursor right" Ta "l" Ta "Right"
                   5628: .It Li "Move cursor to end" Ta "$" Ta "C-e"
                   5629: .It Li "Move cursor to next word" Ta "w" Ta "M-f"
                   5630: .It Li "Move cursor to previous word" Ta "b" Ta "M-b"
                   5631: .It Li "Move cursor to start" Ta "0" Ta "C-a"
                   5632: .It Li "Transpose characters" Ta "" Ta "C-t"
1.854     nicm     5633: .El
1.852     nicm     5634: .Pp
                   5635: With
                   5636: .Fl b ,
                   5637: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5638: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5639: .Tg confirm
1.57      jmc      5640: .It Xo Ic confirm-before
1.848     nicm     5641: .Op Fl b
1.238     nicm     5642: .Op Fl p Ar prompt
1.57      jmc      5643: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
                   5644: .Ar command
                   5645: .Xc
                   5646: .D1 (alias: Ic confirm )
                   5647: Ask for confirmation before executing
                   5648: .Ar command .
1.238     nicm     5649: If
                   5650: .Fl p
                   5651: is given,
                   5652: .Ar prompt
                   5653: is the prompt to display; otherwise a prompt is constructed from
                   5654: .Ar command .
                   5655: It may contain the special character sequences supported by the
                   5656: .Ic status-left
                   5657: option.
1.848     nicm     5658: With
                   5659: .Fl b ,
1.852     nicm     5660: the prompt is shown in the background and the invoking client does not exit
                   5661: until it is dismissed.
1.858     kn       5662: .Tg menu
1.646     nicm     5663: .It Xo Ic display-menu
1.800     nicm     5664: .Op Fl O
1.646     nicm     5665: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5666: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   5667: .Op Fl T Ar title
                   5668: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5669: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.657     nicm     5670: .Ar name
                   5671: .Ar key
                   5672: .Ar command
                   5673: .Ar ...
1.646     nicm     5674: .Xc
1.651     nicm     5675: .D1 (alias: Ic menu )
1.646     nicm     5676: Display a menu on
                   5677: .Ar target-client .
                   5678: .Ar target-pane
                   5679: gives the target for any commands run from the menu.
                   5680: .Pp
1.657     nicm     5681: A menu is passed as a series of arguments: first the menu item name,
                   5682: second the key shortcut (or empty for none) and third the command
                   5683: to run when the menu item is chosen.
                   5684: The name and command are formats, see the
1.646     nicm     5685: .Sx FORMATS
                   5686: and
                   5687: .Sx STYLES
                   5688: sections.
1.658     nicm     5689: If the name begins with a hyphen (-), then the item is disabled (shown dim) and
                   5690: may not be chosen.
1.657     nicm     5691: The name may be empty for a separator line, in which case both the key and
                   5692: command should be omitted.
1.646     nicm     5693: .Pp
                   5694: .Fl T
                   5695: is a format for the menu title (see
                   5696: .Sx FORMATS ) .
                   5697: .Pp
                   5698: .Fl x
                   5699: and
                   5700: .Fl y
                   5701: give the position of the menu.
                   5702: Both may be a row or column number, or one of the following special values:
                   5703: .Bl -column "XXXXX" "XXXX" -offset indent
                   5704: .It Sy "Value" Ta Sy "Flag" Ta Sy "Meaning"
1.719     nicm     5705: .It Li "C" Ta "Both" Ta "The centre of the terminal"
1.646     nicm     5706: .It Li "R" Ta Fl x Ta "The right side of the terminal"
                   5707: .It Li "P" Ta "Both" Ta "The bottom left of the pane"
                   5708: .It Li "M" Ta "Both" Ta "The mouse position"
1.730     nicm     5709: .It Li "W" Ta "Both" Ta "The window position on the status line"
1.646     nicm     5710: .It Li "S" Ta Fl y Ta "The line above or below the status line"
1.802     nicm     5711: .El
                   5712: .Pp
                   5713: Or a format, which is expanded including the following additional variables:
                   5714: .Bl -column "XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" -offset indent
                   5715: .It Sy "Variable name" Ta Sy "Replaced with"
                   5716: .It Li "popup_centre_x" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5717: .It Li "popup_centre_y" Ta "Centered in the client"
                   5718: .It Li "popup_height" Ta "Height of menu or popup"
                   5719: .It Li "popup_mouse_bottom" Ta "Bottom of at the mouse"
                   5720: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_x" Ta "Horizontal centre at the mouse"
                   5721: .It Li "popup_mouse_centre_y" Ta "Vertical centre at the mouse"
                   5722: .It Li "popup_mouse_top" Ta "Top at the mouse"
                   5723: .It Li "popup_mouse_x" Ta "Mouse X position"
                   5724: .It Li "popup_mouse_y" Ta "Mouse Y position"
                   5725: .It Li "popup_pane_bottom" Ta "Bottom of the pane"
                   5726: .It Li "popup_pane_left" Ta "Left of the pane"
                   5727: .It Li "popup_pane_right" Ta "Right of the pane"
                   5728: .It Li "popup_pane_top" Ta "Top of the pane"
                   5729: .It Li "popup_status_line_y" Ta "Above or below the status line"
                   5730: .It Li "popup_width" Ta "Width of menu or popup"
                   5731: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_x" Ta "At the window position in status line"
                   5732: .It Li "popup_window_status_line_y" Ta "At the status line showing the window"
1.646     nicm     5733: .El
                   5734: .Pp
                   5735: Each menu consists of items followed by a key shortcut shown in brackets.
                   5736: If the menu is too large to fit on the terminal, it is not displayed.
                   5737: Pressing the key shortcut chooses the corresponding item.
1.800     nicm     5738: If the mouse is enabled and the menu is opened from a mouse key binding,
                   5739: releasing the mouse button with an item selected chooses that item and
                   5740: releasing the mouse button without an item selected closes the menu.
                   5741: .Fl O
                   5742: changes this behaviour so that the menu does not close when the mouse button is
                   5743: released without an item selected the menu is not closed and a mouse button
                   5744: must be clicked to choose an item.
                   5745: .Pp
1.646     nicm     5746: The following keys are also available:
                   5747: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   5748: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
                   5749: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Choose selected item"
                   5750: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous item"
                   5751: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next item"
                   5752: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit menu"
                   5753: .El
1.858     kn       5754: .Tg display
1.57      jmc      5755: .It Xo Ic display-message
1.834     nicm     5756: .Op Fl aINpv
1.215     nicm     5757: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5758: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.215     nicm     5759: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      5760: .Op Ar message
                   5761: .Xc
                   5762: .D1 (alias: Ic display )
1.127     nicm     5763: Display a message.
                   5764: If
                   5765: .Fl p
                   5766: is given, the output is printed to stdout, otherwise it is displayed in the
                   5767: .Ar target-client
1.790     nicm     5768: status line for up to
                   5769: .Ar delay
                   5770: milliseconds.
                   5771: If
                   5772: .Ar delay
                   5773: is not given, the
                   5774: .Ic message-time
                   5775: option is used; a delay of zero waits for a key press.
1.834     nicm     5776: .Ql N
                   5777: ignores key presses and closes only after the delay expires.
1.122     nicm     5778: The format of
1.124     jmc      5779: .Ar message
1.275     nicm     5780: is described in the
                   5781: .Sx FORMATS
                   5782: section; information is taken from
1.215     nicm     5783: .Ar target-pane
                   5784: if
                   5785: .Fl t
1.678     nicm     5786: is given, otherwise the active pane.
1.622     nicm     5787: .Pp
1.624     nicm     5788: .Fl v
                   5789: prints verbose logging as the format is parsed and
                   5790: .Fl a
                   5791: lists the format variables and their values.
1.643     nicm     5792: .Pp
                   5793: .Fl I
                   5794: forwards any input read from stdin to the empty pane given by
                   5795: .Ar target-pane .
1.858     kn       5796: .Tg popup
1.721     nicm     5797: .It Xo Ic display-popup
1.853     nicm     5798: .Op Fl BCE
1.862     nicm     5799: .Op Fl b Ar border-lines
1.721     nicm     5800: .Op Fl c Ar target-client
                   5801: .Op Fl d Ar start-directory
1.860     nicm     5802: .Op Fl e Ar environment
1.721     nicm     5803: .Op Fl h Ar height
1.865     nicm     5804: .Op Fl s Ar style
                   5805: .Op Fl S Ar border-style
1.721     nicm     5806: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.864     nicm     5807: .Op Fl T Ar title
1.721     nicm     5808: .Op Fl w Ar width
                   5809: .Op Fl x Ar position
                   5810: .Op Fl y Ar position
1.827     nicm     5811: .Op Ar shell-command
1.721     nicm     5812: .Xc
                   5813: .D1 (alias: Ic popup )
1.827     nicm     5814: Display a popup running
                   5815: .Ar shell-command
                   5816: on
1.721     nicm     5817: .Ar target-client .
                   5818: A popup is a rectangular box drawn over the top of any panes.
                   5819: Panes are not updated while a popup is present.
                   5820: .Pp
                   5821: .Fl E
                   5822: closes the popup automatically when
                   5823: .Ar shell-command
                   5824: exits.
1.723     nicm     5825: Two
                   5826: .Fl E
                   5827: closes the popup only if
                   5828: .Ar shell-command
                   5829: exited with success.
1.721     nicm     5830: .Pp
                   5831: .Fl x
                   5832: and
                   5833: .Fl y
                   5834: give the position of the popup, they have the same meaning as for the
                   5835: .Ic display-menu
                   5836: command.
                   5837: .Fl w
                   5838: and
                   5839: .Fl h
                   5840: give the width and height - both may be a percentage (followed by
                   5841: .Ql % ) .
1.827     nicm     5842: If omitted, half of the terminal size is used.
1.862     nicm     5843: .Pp
1.853     nicm     5844: .Fl B
                   5845: does not surround the popup by a border.
1.862     nicm     5846: .Pp
                   5847: .Fl b
                   5848: sets the type of border line for the popup.
                   5849: When
                   5850: .Fl B
                   5851: is specified the
                   5852: .Fl b
                   5853: option is ignored.
                   5854: See
                   5855: .Ic popup-border-lines
                   5856: for possible values for
                   5857: .Ar border-lines .
1.865     nicm     5858: .Pp
                   5859: .Fl s
                   5860: sets the style for the popup and
                   5861: .Fl S
                   5862: sets the style for the popup border.
                   5863: For how to specify
                   5864: .Ar style ,
                   5865: see the
                   5866: .Sx STYLES
                   5867: section.
1.860     nicm     5868: .Pp
                   5869: .Fl e
                   5870: takes the form
                   5871: .Ql VARIABLE=value
                   5872: and sets an environment variable for the popup; it may be specified multiple
                   5873: times.
1.864     nicm     5874: .Pp
                   5875: .Fl T
                   5876: is a format for the popup title (see
                   5877: .Sx FORMATS ) .
1.721     nicm     5878: .Pp
                   5879: The
                   5880: .Fl C
                   5881: flag closes any popup on the client.
1.858     kn       5882: .Tg showphist
1.839     nicm     5883: .It Xo Ic show-prompt-history
                   5884: .Op Fl T Ar prompt-type
                   5885: .Xc
1.843     jmc      5886: .D1 (alias: Ic showphist )
1.839     nicm     5887: Display status prompt history for prompt type
                   5888: .Ar prompt-type .
                   5889: If
                   5890: .Fl T
                   5891: is omitted, then show history for all types.
                   5892: See
                   5893: .Ic command-prompt
                   5894: for possible values for
                   5895: .Ar prompt-type .
1.57      jmc      5896: .El
                   5897: .Sh BUFFERS
                   5898: .Nm
1.392     nicm     5899: maintains a set of named
1.199     nicm     5900: .Em paste buffers .
1.392     nicm     5901: Each buffer may be either explicitly or automatically named.
                   5902: Explicitly named buffers are named when created with the
                   5903: .Ic set-buffer
                   5904: or
                   5905: .Ic load-buffer
                   5906: commands, or by renaming an automatically named buffer with
                   5907: .Ic set-buffer
                   5908: .Fl n .
                   5909: Automatically named buffers are given a name such as
                   5910: .Ql buffer0001 ,
                   5911: .Ql buffer0002
                   5912: and so on.
                   5913: When the
                   5914: .Ic buffer-limit
                   5915: option is reached, the oldest automatically named buffer is deleted.
1.493     nicm     5916: Explicitly named buffers are not subject to
1.57      jmc      5917: .Ic buffer-limit
1.709     nicm     5918: and may be deleted with the
1.392     nicm     5919: .Ic delete-buffer
                   5920: command.
                   5921: .Pp
1.57      jmc      5922: Buffers may be added using
                   5923: .Ic copy-mode
                   5924: or the
                   5925: .Ic set-buffer
1.392     nicm     5926: and
                   5927: .Ic load-buffer
                   5928: commands, and pasted into a window using the
1.57      jmc      5929: .Ic paste-buffer
                   5930: command.
1.392     nicm     5931: If a buffer command is used and no buffer is specified, the most
                   5932: recently added automatically named buffer is assumed.
1.57      jmc      5933: .Pp
                   5934: A configurable history buffer is also maintained for each window.
                   5935: By default, up to 2000 lines are kept; this can be altered with the
                   5936: .Ic history-limit
                   5937: option (see the
                   5938: .Ic set-option
                   5939: command above).
                   5940: .Pp
                   5941: The buffer commands are as follows:
                   5942: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.178     nicm     5943: .It Xo
                   5944: .Ic choose-buffer
1.682     nicm     5945: .Op Fl NZr
1.572     nicm     5946: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.562     nicm     5947: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.833     nicm     5948: .Op Fl K Ar key-format
1.561     nicm     5949: .Op Fl O Ar sort-order
1.555     nicm     5950: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.178     nicm     5951: .Op Ar template
                   5952: .Xc
1.555     nicm     5953: Put a pane into buffer mode, where a buffer may be chosen interactively from
                   5954: a list.
1.833     nicm     5955: Each buffer is shown on one line.
                   5956: A shortcut key is shown on the left in brackets allowing for immediate choice,
                   5957: or the list may be navigated and an item chosen or otherwise manipulated using
                   5958: the keys below.
1.593     nicm     5959: .Fl Z
                   5960: zooms the pane.
1.555     nicm     5961: The following keys may be used in buffer mode:
                   5962: .Bl -column "Key" "Function" -offset indent
                   5963: .It Sy "Key" Ta Sy "Function"
1.582     nicm     5964: .It Li "Enter" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
1.555     nicm     5965: .It Li "Up" Ta "Select previous buffer"
                   5966: .It Li "Down" Ta "Select next buffer"
1.559     nicm     5967: .It Li "C-s" Ta "Search by name or content"
                   5968: .It Li "n" Ta "Repeat last search"
1.555     nicm     5969: .It Li "t" Ta "Toggle if buffer is tagged"
                   5970: .It Li "T" Ta "Tag no buffers"
                   5971: .It Li "C-t" Ta "Tag all buffers"
1.582     nicm     5972: .It Li "p" Ta "Paste selected buffer"
                   5973: .It Li "P" Ta "Paste tagged buffers"
1.555     nicm     5974: .It Li "d" Ta "Delete selected buffer"
                   5975: .It Li "D" Ta "Delete tagged buffers"
1.759     nicm     5976: .It Li "e" Ta "Open the buffer in an editor"
1.562     nicm     5977: .It Li "f" Ta "Enter a format to filter items"
1.682     nicm     5978: .It Li "O" Ta "Change sort field"
                   5979: .It Li "r" Ta "Reverse sort order"
1.576     nicm     5980: .It Li "v" Ta "Toggle preview"
1.555     nicm     5981: .It Li "q" Ta "Exit mode"
                   5982: .El
                   5983: .Pp
                   5984: After a buffer is chosen,
1.178     nicm     5985: .Ql %%
1.392     nicm     5986: is replaced by the buffer name in
1.178     nicm     5987: .Ar template
                   5988: and the result executed as a command.
                   5989: If
                   5990: .Ar template
                   5991: is not given, "paste-buffer -b '%%'" is used.
1.555     nicm     5992: .Pp
1.561     nicm     5993: .Fl O
1.682     nicm     5994: specifies the initial sort field: one of
1.561     nicm     5995: .Ql time ,
                   5996: .Ql name
                   5997: or
                   5998: .Ql size .
1.682     nicm     5999: .Fl r
                   6000: reverses the sort order.
1.562     nicm     6001: .Fl f
1.579     nicm     6002: specifies an initial filter: the filter is a format - if it evaluates to zero,
                   6003: the item in the list is not shown, otherwise it is shown.
                   6004: If a filter would lead to an empty list, it is ignored.
1.572     nicm     6005: .Fl F
1.833     nicm     6006: specifies the format for each item in the list and
                   6007: .Fl K
                   6008: a format for each shortcut key; both are evaluated once for each line.
1.576     nicm     6009: .Fl N
                   6010: starts without the preview.
1.314     nicm     6011: This command works only if at least one client is attached.
1.858     kn       6012: .Tg clearhist
1.57      jmc      6013: .It Ic clear-history Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6014: .D1 (alias: Ic clearhist )
                   6015: Remove and free the history for the specified pane.
1.858     kn       6016: .Tg deleteb
1.392     nicm     6017: .It Ic delete-buffer Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6018: .D1 (alias: Ic deleteb )
1.392     nicm     6019: Delete the buffer named
                   6020: .Ar buffer-name ,
                   6021: or the most recently added automatically named buffer if not specified.
1.858     kn       6022: .Tg lsb
1.294     nicm     6023: .It Xo Ic list-buffers
                   6024: .Op Fl F Ar format
1.738     nicm     6025: .Op Fl f Ar filter
1.294     nicm     6026: .Xc
1.57      jmc      6027: .D1 (alias: Ic lsb )
1.198     nicm     6028: List the global buffers.
1.294     nicm     6029: .Fl F
1.738     nicm     6030: specifies the format of each line and
                   6031: .Fl f
                   6032: a filter.
                   6033: Only buffers for which the filter is true are shown.
                   6034: See the
1.294     nicm     6035: .Sx FORMATS
                   6036: section.
1.200     jmc      6037: .It Xo Ic load-buffer
1.794     nicm     6038: .Op Fl w
1.392     nicm     6039: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6040: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.57      jmc      6041: .Ar path
                   6042: .Xc
1.858     kn       6043: .Tg loadb
1.57      jmc      6044: .D1 (alias: Ic loadb )
                   6045: Load the contents of the specified paste buffer from
                   6046: .Ar path .
1.794     nicm     6047: If
                   6048: .Fl w
                   6049: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6050: .Ar target-client
                   6051: using the
                   6052: .Xr xterm 1
                   6053: escape sequence, if possible.
1.858     kn       6054: .Tg pasteb
1.57      jmc      6055: .It Xo Ic paste-buffer
1.278     nicm     6056: .Op Fl dpr
1.392     nicm     6057: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.170     nicm     6058: .Op Fl s Ar separator
1.158     nicm     6059: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6060: .Xc
                   6061: .D1 (alias: Ic pasteb )
1.158     nicm     6062: Insert the contents of a paste buffer into the specified pane.
                   6063: If not specified, paste into the current one.
1.57      jmc      6064: With
                   6065: .Fl d ,
1.392     nicm     6066: also delete the paste buffer.
1.57      jmc      6067: When output, any linefeed (LF) characters in the paste buffer are replaced with
1.170     nicm     6068: a separator, by default carriage return (CR).
                   6069: A custom separator may be specified using the
                   6070: .Fl s
                   6071: flag.
                   6072: The
1.57      jmc      6073: .Fl r
1.170     nicm     6074: flag means to do no replacement (equivalent to a separator of LF).
1.278     nicm     6075: If
                   6076: .Fl p
                   6077: is specified, paste bracket control codes are inserted around the
                   6078: buffer if the application has requested bracketed paste mode.
1.858     kn       6079: .Tg saveb
1.57      jmc      6080: .It Xo Ic save-buffer
                   6081: .Op Fl a
1.392     nicm     6082: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6083: .Ar path
                   6084: .Xc
                   6085: .D1 (alias: Ic saveb )
                   6086: Save the contents of the specified paste buffer to
                   6087: .Ar path .
                   6088: The
                   6089: .Fl a
                   6090: option appends to rather than overwriting the file.
                   6091: .It Xo Ic set-buffer
1.794     nicm     6092: .Op Fl aw
1.392     nicm     6093: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.794     nicm     6094: .Op Fl t Ar target-client
1.858     kn       6095: .Tg setb
1.392     nicm     6096: .Op Fl n Ar new-buffer-name
1.57      jmc      6097: .Ar data
                   6098: .Xc
                   6099: .D1 (alias: Ic setb )
                   6100: Set the contents of the specified buffer to
                   6101: .Ar data .
1.794     nicm     6102: If
                   6103: .Fl w
                   6104: is given, the buffer is also sent to the clipboard for
                   6105: .Ar target-client
                   6106: using the
                   6107: .Xr xterm 1
                   6108: escape sequence, if possible.
1.383     nicm     6109: The
                   6110: .Fl a
                   6111: option appends to rather than overwriting the buffer.
1.392     nicm     6112: The
                   6113: .Fl n
                   6114: option renames the buffer to
                   6115: .Ar new-buffer-name .
1.858     kn       6116: .Tg showb
1.1       nicm     6117: .It Xo Ic show-buffer
1.392     nicm     6118: .Op Fl b Ar buffer-name
1.1       nicm     6119: .Xc
                   6120: .D1 (alias: Ic showb )
                   6121: Display the contents of the specified buffer.
1.57      jmc      6122: .El
                   6123: .Sh MISCELLANEOUS
                   6124: Miscellaneous commands are as follows:
                   6125: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.72      nicm     6126: .It Ic clock-mode Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.57      jmc      6127: Display a large clock.
1.858     kn       6128: .Tg if
1.334     nicm     6129: .It Xo Ic if-shell
1.410     nicm     6130: .Op Fl bF
1.334     nicm     6131: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
                   6132: .Ar shell-command command
                   6133: .Op Ar command
                   6134: .Xc
1.57      jmc      6135: .D1 (alias: Ic if )
1.251     nicm     6136: Execute the first
1.57      jmc      6137: .Ar command
                   6138: if
                   6139: .Ar shell-command
1.251     nicm     6140: returns success or the second
                   6141: .Ar command
                   6142: otherwise.
1.410     nicm     6143: Before being executed,
                   6144: .Ar shell-command
                   6145: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6146: .Sx FORMATS
                   6147: section, including those relevant to
                   6148: .Ar target-pane .
1.335     nicm     6149: With
                   6150: .Fl b ,
                   6151: .Ar shell-command
                   6152: is run in the background.
1.410     nicm     6153: .Pp
                   6154: If
                   6155: .Fl F
                   6156: is given,
                   6157: .Ar shell-command
                   6158: is not executed but considered success if neither empty nor zero (after formats
                   6159: are expanded).
1.858     kn       6160: .Tg lock
1.57      jmc      6161: .It Ic lock-server
                   6162: .D1 (alias: Ic lock )
1.90      nicm     6163: Lock each client individually by running the command specified by the
                   6164: .Ic lock-command
                   6165: option.
1.858     kn       6166: .Tg run
1.308     nicm     6167: .It Xo Ic run-shell
1.809     nicm     6168: .Op Fl bC
1.717     nicm     6169: .Op Fl d Ar delay
1.308     nicm     6170: .Op Fl t Ar target-pane
1.718     nicm     6171: .Op Ar shell-command
1.308     nicm     6172: .Xc
1.87      nicm     6173: .D1 (alias: Ic run )
                   6174: Execute
1.153     nicm     6175: .Ar shell-command
1.809     nicm     6176: or (with
                   6177: .Fl C )
                   6178: a
                   6179: .Nm
                   6180: command in the background without creating a window.
                   6181: Before being executed,
                   6182: .Ar shell-command
                   6183: is expanded using the rules specified in the
1.334     nicm     6184: .Sx FORMATS
                   6185: section.
1.335     nicm     6186: With
                   6187: .Fl b ,
                   6188: the command is run in the background.
1.717     nicm     6189: .Fl d
                   6190: waits for
                   6191: .Ar delay
                   6192: seconds before starting the command.
1.809     nicm     6193: If
                   6194: .Fl C
                   6195: is not given, any output to stdout is displayed in view mode (in the pane
                   6196: specified by
1.308     nicm     6197: .Fl t
1.809     nicm     6198: or the current pane if omitted) after the command finishes.
                   6199: If the command fails, the exit status is also displayed.
1.858     kn       6200: .Tg wait
1.342     nicm     6201: .It Xo Ic wait-for
1.370     nicm     6202: .Op Fl L | S | U
1.342     nicm     6203: .Ar channel
                   6204: .Xc
                   6205: .D1 (alias: Ic wait )
1.343     nicm     6206: When used without options, prevents the client from exiting until woken using
1.342     nicm     6207: .Ic wait-for
                   6208: .Fl S
                   6209: with the same channel.
1.343     nicm     6210: When
                   6211: .Fl L
                   6212: is used, the channel is locked and any clients that try to lock the same
                   6213: channel are made to wait until the channel is unlocked with
                   6214: .Ic wait-for
                   6215: .Fl U .
1.703     nicm     6216: .El
                   6217: .Sh EXIT MESSAGES
                   6218: When a
                   6219: .Nm
                   6220: client detaches, it prints a message.
                   6221: This may be one of:
                   6222: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.780     nicm     6223: .It detached (from session ...)
1.703     nicm     6224: The client was detached normally.
1.780     nicm     6225: .It detached and SIGHUP
1.703     nicm     6226: The client was detached and its parent sent the
                   6227: .Dv SIGHUP
                   6228: signal (for example with
                   6229: .Ic detach-client
                   6230: .Fl P ) .
1.780     nicm     6231: .It lost tty
1.703     nicm     6232: The client's
                   6233: .Xr tty 4
                   6234: or
                   6235: .Xr pty 4
                   6236: was unexpectedly destroyed.
1.780     nicm     6237: .It terminated
1.703     nicm     6238: The client was killed with
                   6239: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6240: .It too far behind
                   6241: The client is in control mode and became unable to keep up with the data from
                   6242: .Nm .
                   6243: .It exited
1.703     nicm     6244: The server exited when it had no sessions.
1.780     nicm     6245: .It server exited
1.703     nicm     6246: The server exited when it received
                   6247: .Dv SIGTERM .
1.780     nicm     6248: .It server exited unexpectedly
1.703     nicm     6249: The server crashed or otherwise exited without telling the client the reason.
1.228     nicm     6250: .El
                   6251: .Sh TERMINFO EXTENSIONS
                   6252: .Nm
1.478     nicm     6253: understands some unofficial extensions to
1.746     nicm     6254: .Xr terminfo 5 .
1.744     nicm     6255: It is not normally necessary to set these manually, instead the
                   6256: .Ic terminal-features
                   6257: option should be used.
1.228     nicm     6258: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.756     nicm     6259: .It Em \&AX
                   6260: An existing extension that tells
                   6261: .Nm
                   6262: the terminal supports default colours.
1.818     nicm     6263: .It Em \&Bidi
                   6264: Tell
                   6265: .Nm
                   6266: that the terminal supports the VTE bidirectional text extensions.
1.739     nicm     6267: .It Em \&Cs , Cr
1.233     nicm     6268: Set the cursor colour.
1.232     jmc      6269: The first takes a single string argument and is used to set the colour;
                   6270: the second takes no arguments and restores the default cursor colour.
                   6271: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6272: to change the cursor colour from inside
                   6273: .Nm :
                   6274: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6275: $ printf '\e033]12;red\e033\e\e'
                   6276: .Ed
1.753     nicm     6277: .It Em \&Cmg, \&Clmg, \&Dsmg , \&Enmg
                   6278: Set, clear, disable or enable DECSLRM margins.
1.756     nicm     6279: These are set automatically if the terminal reports it is
                   6280: .Em VT420
                   6281: compatible.
1.755     nicm     6282: .It Em \&Dsbp , \&Enbp
                   6283: Disable and enable bracketed paste.
1.756     nicm     6284: These are set automatically if the
                   6285: .Em XT
                   6286: capability is present.
1.772     nicm     6287: .It Em \&Dseks , \&Eneks
                   6288: Disable and enable extended keys.
1.756     nicm     6289: .It Em \&Dsfcs , \&Enfcs
                   6290: Disable and enable focus reporting.
                   6291: These are set automatically if the
                   6292: .Em XT
                   6293: capability is present.
1.837     nicm     6294: .It Em \&Rect
                   6295: Tell
                   6296: .Nm
                   6297: that the terminal supports rectangle operations.
1.649     nicm     6298: .It Em \&Smol
                   6299: Enable the overline attribute.
1.611     nicm     6300: .It Em \&Smulx
1.672     nicm     6301: Set a styled underscore.
                   6302: The single parameter is one of: 0 for no underscore, 1 for normal
                   6303: underscore, 2 for double underscore, 3 for curly underscore, 4 for dotted
                   6304: underscore and 5 for dashed underscore.
1.797     nicm     6305: .It Em \&Setulc , \&ol
                   6306: Set the underscore colour or reset to the default.
1.672     nicm     6307: The argument is (red * 65536) + (green * 256) + blue where each is between 0
                   6308: and 255.
1.361     jmc      6309: .It Em \&Ss , Se
1.403     nicm     6310: Set or reset the cursor style.
1.232     jmc      6311: If set, a sequence such as this may be used
                   6312: to change the cursor to an underline:
1.230     nicm     6313: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6314: $ printf '\e033[4 q'
                   6315: .Ed
                   6316: .Pp
                   6317: If
1.403     nicm     6318: .Em Se
                   6319: is not set, \&Ss with argument 0 will be used to reset the cursor style instead.
1.741     nicm     6320: .It Em \&Sync
1.745     nicm     6321: Start (parameter is 1) or end (parameter is 2) a synchronized update.
1.478     nicm     6322: .It Em \&Tc
                   6323: Indicate that the terminal supports the
                   6324: .Ql direct colour
                   6325: RGB escape sequence (for example, \ee[38;2;255;255;255m).
1.518     nicm     6326: .Pp
1.612     nicm     6327: If supported, this is used for the initialize colour escape sequence (which
1.518     nicm     6328: may be enabled by adding the
                   6329: .Ql initc
                   6330: and
                   6331: .Ql ccc
                   6332: capabilities to the
                   6333: .Nm
                   6334: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6335: entry).
1.739     nicm     6336: .Pp
                   6337: This is equivalent to the
                   6338: .Em RGB
                   6339: .Xr terminfo 5
                   6340: capability.
1.232     jmc      6341: .It Em \&Ms
1.478     nicm     6342: Store the current buffer in the host terminal's selection (clipboard).
1.232     jmc      6343: See the
                   6344: .Em set-clipboard
                   6345: option above and the
                   6346: .Xr xterm 1
                   6347: man page.
1.756     nicm     6348: .It Em \&XT
                   6349: This is an existing extension capability that tmux uses to mean that the
                   6350: terminal supports the
                   6351: .Xr xterm 1
                   6352: title set sequences and to automatically set some of the capabilities above.
1.345     nicm     6353: .El
                   6354: .Sh CONTROL MODE
                   6355: .Nm
                   6356: offers a textual interface called
                   6357: .Em control mode .
                   6358: This allows applications to communicate with
                   6359: .Nm
                   6360: using a simple text-only protocol.
                   6361: .Pp
                   6362: In control mode, a client sends
                   6363: .Nm
                   6364: commands or command sequences terminated by newlines on standard input.
                   6365: Each command will produce one block of output on standard output.
                   6366: An output block consists of a
                   6367: .Em %begin
                   6368: line followed by the output (which may be empty).
                   6369: The output block ends with a
                   6370: .Em %end
                   6371: or
                   6372: .Em %error .
                   6373: .Em %begin
                   6374: and matching
                   6375: .Em %end
                   6376: or
                   6377: .Em %error
1.835     nicm     6378: have three arguments: an integer time (as seconds from epoch), command number and
                   6379: flags (currently not used).
1.345     nicm     6380: For example:
                   6381: .Bd -literal -offset indent
1.835     nicm     6382: %begin 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6383: 0: ksh* (1 panes) [80x24] [layout b25f,80x24,0,0,2] @2 (active)
1.835     nicm     6384: %end 1363006971 2 1
1.345     nicm     6385: .Ed
1.535     nicm     6386: .Pp
                   6387: The
                   6388: .Ic refresh-client
                   6389: .Fl C
                   6390: command may be used to set the size of a client in control mode.
1.345     nicm     6391: .Pp
                   6392: In control mode,
                   6393: .Nm
                   6394: outputs notifications.
                   6395: A notification will never occur inside an output block.
                   6396: .Pp
                   6397: The following notifications are defined:
                   6398: .Bl -tag -width Ds
1.830     nicm     6399: .It Ic %client-detached Ar client
                   6400: The client has detached.
1.750     jmc      6401: .It Ic %client-session-changed Ar client session-id name
1.547     nicm     6402: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6403: .Ar session-id ,
                   6404: which is named
                   6405: .Ar name .
1.778     nicm     6406: .It Ic %continue Ar pane-id
                   6407: The pane has been continued after being paused (if the
                   6408: .Ar pause-after
                   6409: flag is set, see
                   6410: .Ic refresh-client
                   6411: .Fl A ) .
1.345     nicm     6412: .It Ic %exit Op Ar reason
                   6413: The
                   6414: .Nm
                   6415: client is exiting immediately, either because it is not attached to any session
                   6416: or an error occurred.
                   6417: If present,
                   6418: .Ar reason
                   6419: describes why the client exited.
1.788     nicm     6420: .It Ic %extended-output Ar pane-id Ar age Ar ... \&  : Ar value
1.779     nicm     6421: New form of
                   6422: .Ic %output
                   6423: sent when the
                   6424: .Ar pause-after
                   6425: flag is set.
                   6426: .Ar age
                   6427: is the time in milliseconds for which tmux had buffered the output before it was sent.
                   6428: Any subsequent arguments up until a single
                   6429: .Ql \&:
                   6430: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.460     nicm     6431: .It Ic %layout-change Ar window-id Ar window-layout Ar window-visible-layout Ar window-flags
1.345     nicm     6432: The layout of a window with ID
                   6433: .Ar window-id
                   6434: changed.
                   6435: The new layout is
                   6436: .Ar window-layout .
1.460     nicm     6437: The window's visible layout is
                   6438: .Ar window-visible-layout
                   6439: and the window flags are
                   6440: .Ar window-flags .
1.347     nicm     6441: .It Ic %output Ar pane-id Ar value
                   6442: A window pane produced output.
1.345     nicm     6443: .Ar value
1.350     nicm     6444: escapes non-printable characters and backslash as octal \\xxx.
1.547     nicm     6445: .It Ic %pane-mode-changed Ar pane-id
                   6446: The pane with ID
                   6447: .Ar pane-id
                   6448: has changed mode.
1.778     nicm     6449: .It Ic %pause Ar pane-id
                   6450: The pane has been paused (if the
                   6451: .Ar pause-after
                   6452: flag is set).
1.345     nicm     6453: .It Ic %session-changed Ar session-id Ar name
                   6454: The client is now attached to the session with ID
                   6455: .Ar session-id ,
                   6456: which is named
                   6457: .Ar name .
                   6458: .It Ic %session-renamed Ar name
                   6459: The current session was renamed to
                   6460: .Ar name .
1.547     nicm     6461: .It Ic %session-window-changed Ar session-id Ar window-id
                   6462: The session with ID
                   6463: .Ar session-id
                   6464: changed its active window to the window with ID
                   6465: .Ar window-id .
1.345     nicm     6466: .It Ic %sessions-changed
                   6467: A session was created or destroyed.
1.788     nicm     6468: .It Xo Ic %subscription-changed
                   6469: .Ar name
                   6470: .Ar session-id
                   6471: .Ar window-id
                   6472: .Ar window-index
                   6473: .Ar pane-id ... \&  :
                   6474: .Ar value
                   6475: .Xc
                   6476: The value of the format associated with subscription
                   6477: .Ar name
                   6478: has changed to
                   6479: .Ar value .
                   6480: See
                   6481: .Ic refresh-client
                   6482: .Fl B .
                   6483: Any arguments after
                   6484: .Ar pane-id
                   6485: up until a single
                   6486: .Ql \&:
                   6487: are for future use and should be ignored.
1.345     nicm     6488: .It Ic %unlinked-window-add Ar window-id
                   6489: The window with ID
                   6490: .Ar window-id
                   6491: was created but is not linked to the current session.
                   6492: .It Ic %window-add Ar window-id
                   6493: The window with ID
                   6494: .Ar window-id
                   6495: was linked to the current session.
                   6496: .It Ic %window-close Ar window-id
                   6497: The window with ID
                   6498: .Ar window-id
                   6499: closed.
1.547     nicm     6500: .It Ic %window-pane-changed Ar window-id Ar pane-id
                   6501: The active pane in the window with ID
                   6502: .Ar window-id
                   6503: changed to the pane with ID
                   6504: .Ar pane-id .
1.345     nicm     6505: .It Ic %window-renamed Ar window-id Ar name
                   6506: The window with ID
                   6507: .Ar window-id
                   6508: was renamed to
                   6509: .Ar name .
1.644     schwarze 6510: .El
                   6511: .Sh ENVIRONMENT
                   6512: When
                   6513: .Nm
                   6514: is started, it inspects the following environment variables:
                   6515: .Bl -tag -width LC_CTYPE
                   6516: .It Ev EDITOR
                   6517: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6518: .Ql vi
                   6519: and
                   6520: .Ev VISUAL
                   6521: is unset, use vi-style key bindings.
                   6522: Overridden by the
                   6523: .Ic mode-keys
                   6524: and
                   6525: .Ic status-keys
                   6526: options.
                   6527: .It Ev HOME
                   6528: The user's login directory.
                   6529: If unset, the
                   6530: .Xr passwd 5
                   6531: database is consulted.
                   6532: .It Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6533: The character encoding
                   6534: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6535: It is used for two separate purposes.
                   6536: For output to the terminal, UTF-8 is used if the
                   6537: .Fl u
                   6538: option is given or if
                   6539: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6540: contains
                   6541: .Qq UTF-8
                   6542: or
                   6543: .Qq UTF8 .
                   6544: Otherwise, only ASCII characters are written and non-ASCII characters
                   6545: are replaced with underscores
                   6546: .Pq Ql _ .
                   6547: For input,
                   6548: .Nm
                   6549: always runs with a UTF-8 locale.
                   6550: If en_US.UTF-8 is provided by the operating system it is used and
                   6551: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6552: is ignored for input.
                   6553: Otherwise,
                   6554: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6555: tells
                   6556: .Nm
                   6557: what the UTF-8 locale is called on the current system.
                   6558: If the locale specified by
                   6559: .Ev LC_CTYPE
                   6560: is not available or is not a UTF-8 locale,
                   6561: .Nm
                   6562: exits with an error message.
                   6563: .It Ev LC_TIME
                   6564: The date and time format
                   6565: .Xr locale 1 .
                   6566: It is used for locale-dependent
                   6567: .Xr strftime 3
                   6568: format specifiers.
                   6569: .It Ev PWD
                   6570: The current working directory to be set in the global environment.
                   6571: This may be useful if it contains symbolic links.
                   6572: If the value of the variable does not match the current working
                   6573: directory, the variable is ignored and the result of
                   6574: .Xr getcwd 3
                   6575: is used instead.
                   6576: .It Ev SHELL
                   6577: The absolute path to the default shell for new windows.
                   6578: See the
                   6579: .Ic default-shell
                   6580: option for details.
                   6581: .It Ev TMUX_TMPDIR
                   6582: The parent directory of the directory containing the server sockets.
                   6583: See the
                   6584: .Fl L
                   6585: option for details.
                   6586: .It Ev VISUAL
                   6587: If the command specified in this variable contains the string
                   6588: .Ql vi ,
                   6589: use vi-style key bindings.
                   6590: Overridden by the
                   6591: .Ic mode-keys
                   6592: and
                   6593: .Ic status-keys
                   6594: options.
1.1       nicm     6595: .El
                   6596: .Sh FILES
1.26      nicm     6597: .Bl -tag -width "/etc/tmux.confXXX" -compact
1.1       nicm     6598: .It Pa ~/.tmux.conf
1.6       jmc      6599: Default
1.1       nicm     6600: .Nm
1.6       jmc      6601: configuration file.
1.26      nicm     6602: .It Pa /etc/tmux.conf
                   6603: System-wide configuration file.
1.1       nicm     6604: .El
1.57      jmc      6605: .Sh EXAMPLES
                   6606: To create a new
                   6607: .Nm
                   6608: session running
                   6609: .Xr vi 1 :
                   6610: .Pp
                   6611: .Dl $ tmux new-session vi
                   6612: .Pp
                   6613: Most commands have a shorter form, known as an alias.
                   6614: For new-session, this is
                   6615: .Ic new :
                   6616: .Pp
                   6617: .Dl $ tmux new vi
                   6618: .Pp
                   6619: Alternatively, the shortest unambiguous form of a command is accepted.
                   6620: If there are several options, they are listed:
                   6621: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6622: $ tmux n
                   6623: ambiguous command: n, could be: new-session, new-window, next-window
                   6624: .Ed
                   6625: .Pp
                   6626: Within an active session, a new window may be created by typing
                   6627: .Ql C-b c
                   6628: (Ctrl
                   6629: followed by the
                   6630: .Ql b
                   6631: key
                   6632: followed by the
                   6633: .Ql c
                   6634: key).
                   6635: .Pp
                   6636: Windows may be navigated with:
                   6637: .Ql C-b 0
                   6638: (to select window 0),
                   6639: .Ql C-b 1
                   6640: (to select window 1), and so on;
                   6641: .Ql C-b n
                   6642: to select the next window; and
                   6643: .Ql C-b p
                   6644: to select the previous window.
                   6645: .Pp
                   6646: A session may be detached using
                   6647: .Ql C-b d
1.64      nicm     6648: (or by an external event such as
                   6649: .Xr ssh 1
                   6650: disconnection) and reattached with:
1.57      jmc      6651: .Pp
                   6652: .Dl $ tmux attach-session
                   6653: .Pp
                   6654: Typing
                   6655: .Ql C-b \&?
                   6656: lists the current key bindings in the current window; up and down may be used
                   6657: to navigate the list or
                   6658: .Ql q
                   6659: to exit from it.
                   6660: .Pp
                   6661: Commands to be run when the
                   6662: .Nm
                   6663: server is started may be placed in the
                   6664: .Pa ~/.tmux.conf
                   6665: configuration file.
                   6666: Common examples include:
                   6667: .Pp
                   6668: Changing the default prefix key:
                   6669: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6670: set-option -g prefix C-a
                   6671: unbind-key C-b
                   6672: bind-key C-a send-prefix
                   6673: .Ed
                   6674: .Pp
                   6675: Turning the status line off, or changing its colour:
                   6676: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6677: set-option -g status off
1.378     nicm     6678: set-option -g status-style bg=blue
1.57      jmc      6679: .Ed
                   6680: .Pp
                   6681: Setting other options, such as the default command,
                   6682: or locking after 30 minutes of inactivity:
                   6683: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6684: set-option -g default-command "exec /bin/ksh"
                   6685: set-option -g lock-after-time 1800
                   6686: .Ed
                   6687: .Pp
                   6688: Creating new key bindings:
                   6689: .Bd -literal -offset indent
                   6690: bind-key b set-option status
                   6691: bind-key / command-prompt "split-window 'exec man %%'"
1.73      nicm     6692: bind-key S command-prompt "new-window -n %1 'ssh %1'"
1.57      jmc      6693: .Ed
1.1       nicm     6694: .Sh SEE ALSO
                   6695: .Xr pty 4
                   6696: .Sh AUTHORS
1.477     nicm     6697: .An Nicholas Marriott Aq Mt nicholas.marriott@gmail.com